Case 865B AWD 885B AWD Motor Grader Operator's Manual 48174276 - PDF DOWNLOAD

OPERATOR'S MANUAL 865B AWD Direct drive transmission, All wheel drive (AWD), Tier 3, made in Brazil [HBZN0865TBAF00840 - ] 885B AWD Direct drive transmission, All wheel drive (AWD), Tier 3, made in Brazil [HBZN0885TBAF00558 - ]

Con - 48174276 Issue date January 2018 EN

Contents 1 GENERAL INFORMATION Note to the Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Read the operator's manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Operator's manual storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Identification Identification of the sides of the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Machine Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Identification plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Ecology and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Consumables - Biodiesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 International symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

2 SAFETY INFORMATION Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Safety rules (Signal word definitions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Safety rules (Personnel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Operating precautions (Starting the machine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Operating precautions (Machine operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Basic operating safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Safty Precautions (Weld works) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Safty Precautions – (Additional care with weld works) (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Safty Precautions – Fuel handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Fire and explosion prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 General safety and precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Safty Precautions (Utility lines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Operating precautions (Stopping the machine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 Roll - over protective structure (ROPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Wheels and tires – (Safety precautions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Safety Decals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Hand signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62

3 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS ACCESS TO OPERATOR'S PLATFORM Machine access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

OPERATOR'S SEAT Dynamic description – (Operator’s seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoulder belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operator’s seat – (Standard with manual adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operator’s seat – (Optional with air suspension) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7

FORWARD CONTROLS Control levers of implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Controls front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Drive pedal – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuses and relay box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Key start switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sun visor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transmission calibration – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) . . . . . . .

3-13 3-14 3-15 3-17 3-18 3-19 3-20

LEFT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS Parking brake – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS Right console – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Switches and controls – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission and AWD) 3-25 Control levers – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Auxiliary electrical outlet of 24V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

OVERHEAD CONTROLS Dome light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

EXTERIOR CONTROLS Windshield washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Rear view mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

CAB Cab Internal Ventilation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Keypad – LCD monitor control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (General description) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (Menu screens) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (Trip screens) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (Selection screens) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (Service screens) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (Preferences menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (Options Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-38 3-47 3-48 3-50 3-52 3-54 3-55 3-57 3-59

4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS COMMISSIONING THE UNIT Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoulder belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front wheel drive (Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-1 4-2 4-5 4-6

STARTING THE UNIT Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Auxiliary battery connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Auxiliary battery connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

STOPPING THE UNIT Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

MOVING THE UNIT Differential lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 Break-in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Operation in various climates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

PARKING THE UNIT Parking the machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

5 TRANSPORT OPERATIONS RECOVERY TRANSPORT Towing the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

6 WORKING OPERATIONS Transmission Transmission operation – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) . . . . . 6-1 Drive (“Come-Home” emergency operation mode) (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Operating the machine Machine operation – (General description) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Machine operation – (Slope cutting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Machine operation – (Ripping) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Machine operation – (Articulation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Machine operation – (Typical operations) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

Wheels and tires General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tires pressure - Check - Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wheel nuts torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bracket – (Tandem lock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-15 6-16 6-18 6-19 6-20

7 MAINTENANCE GENERAL INFORMATION Maintenance and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Lubrication analysis program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Transport and maintenance service pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Engine hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Access doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Hydraulic fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

MAINTENANCE CHART Maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17

When the warning lamp lights Warning indicators (Check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

First 10 hours Break-in period (Check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

Initial 50 hours Break-in period (Check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

First 100 hours Break-in period (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

As required Engine air filter (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Radiator - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Windshield washer resevoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Alternator drive belt (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-23 7-26 7-28 7-29

Every 10 hours or daily Engine oil (Checking the level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 Engine coolant (Checking the level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 Transmission fluid – (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Level check) 7-34

Every 50 hours or weekly Hydraulic fluid (Checking the level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35 Fuel filter (Draining condensation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

Every 100 hours Lubrication points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37

Every 250 hours Engine air filter (Restriction sensor) (Check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 Cab air filter (Cleaning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42

Air conditioning compressor belt (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Alternator drive belt (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gearbox oil – (Circle turn oil) (Level check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tires (Checking the condition and pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Grease points (Models with AWD front-wheel drive system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-43 7-44 7-46 7-47 7-48

Every 500 Hours Fuel filter –/Water separator filter (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel reservoir (Draining) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine oil and filter (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Air intake lines (Verification of the hoses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic filter (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic suction filter (Cleaning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tranmission filter – (Models with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Replacement) . . . . . . .

Tandem drive case oil (Checking the level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tandem drive case oil – (Collection for analysis of contamination) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear axle oil (Checking the level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Roll Over Protection Structure (ROPS) (Check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoulder belt (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operator’s seat (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic filter – (“AWD” front-wheel drive system) (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Circle – (Check and adjust) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-51 7-53 7-54 7-57 7-58 7-60 7-62 7-63 7-65 7-66 7-68 7-71 7-73 7-75 7-76

Every 1000 hours Transmission fluid – (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Change) .

Engine valve (Checking clearance and adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gearbox oil – (Circle turn oil) (Change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

All wheel drive final oil (Changing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-79 7-81 7-82 7-83

EVERY 2000 HOURS Engine coolant – (Change) (For models up to series NGAF05814) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear axle oil (Changing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tandem drive case oil (Changing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic fluid (Changing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-85 7-87 7-89 7-91

EVERY 4000 HOURS Engine coolant – (Change) (For models from series NGAF05815) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93

General maintenance Air conditioner (Charging refrigerant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95 Parking brake – (Models with Direct Drive transmission) (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98 Cab (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100 Fire extinguisher (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-101 Drawbar (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102 Hydraulic diagnostic panel (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103

Electrical system Batteries (Safe operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-104 Fuses and relays – (Models with Direct Drive transmission) (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107 Fuses (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-111 Radio – (Electrical system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-112

STORAGE Storing the machine (Preparing for storage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-113 Storing the machine (Re-using the machine after storage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-114

8 SPECIFICATIONS Lubrication, Filters and Fluids – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) . . . . . . . 8-1 General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Engine specifications – (Models equipped with “AWD”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Transmission specifications – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission and AWD) 8-11 Hydraulic specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Overall dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 Operating weights – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission and AWD) . . . . . . . 8-17 Standard torque data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION###_1_### Note to the Owner Introduction This manual has been developed as a guide for the safe and proper use of the machine, as well as for its maintenance.

Always follow the recommendations in this manual to ensure the best performance, cost-effective operation and long service life of your machine. The manual is in sections. For a list of sections, see the table of contents. Refer to the index at the back of this manual for locating specific items about your machine.

This manual contains all of the information related to daily maintenance, periodic maintenance, correct use and procedures for safe operation and maintenance of the machine. Some maintenance services require technical skills and appropriate tools for execution. Allow only trained technicians to perform such maintenance services on the machine.

The recommendations in this manual also allow you to prevent the most common causes of accidents that might occur during work or maintenance operations of the machine. If you are in any doubt, consult your Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer.

Read and fully understand all of the instructions and warnings in this manual before you start the engine or operate the machine. Pay special attention to the instructions related to safety, operation and maintenance to avoid unnecessary risks or injuries when you use or perform maintenance operations on the machine. Do not operate this machine or perform maintenance work if you have not had appropriate training. Have all operators read this manual carefully.

The information in this manual is provided on the basis of information that was available at the time the manual was written. Settings, procedures, part numbers, software and other items can change. These changes can affect the maintenance performed on the machine. Make sure that your Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer has provided complete and current information before you start to operate any machine.

Do not remove this manual from the machine. The manual should be stored and kept inside the cab, to be consulted by the operator at any time. Make sure this manual is complete and in good condition. Contact an Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer if you need additional manuals or manuals in other languages. Always keep the manual in its compartment.

Your machine was designed and manufactured in accordance with the strictest quality standards. It complies with the current safety regulations. Never use the machine for applications that are not included in this manual. Modifications made without authorization could result in serious or fatal accidents. Anyone making such unauthorized modifications shall be accountable for the consequences. The engine and fuel system of the machine are designed and manufactured in accordance with government emissions regulations. Tampering by dealers, customers and operators is strictly prohibited by law. Failure to comply with this recommendation could result in government fines, rework costs, voided warranty, lawsuits, and possible confiscation of the machine until it is returned to its original design.

Technical assistance to the engine and repairs must be done by a certified technician only.

Your Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer will provide assistance with technicians specially trained and able to use the best methods in carrying out maintenance and repair services on your machine, using genuine CASE CONSTRUCTION-approved parts.

The dealer can also provide additional information, as well as after-sales service that involves the acquisition of genuine parts, quality assurance and total reliability.

For additional information, see your Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer.

1-1

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Basic information

COIL14GRD0208FA

1

Your machine was designed for heavy work conditions. Your machine stands out for its great performance, high productivity, high level of technology, and its efficiency through high-precision hydraulic controls for the chassis linkage (located at the front of the cab), the “Roll Away” central blade (with wraparound profile), the front blade, and smart electronic transmission control.

The machine's power train was designed to overcome the most powerful forces, because earth moving requires robust machines, with high horsepower, and high traction capacity. This perfectly built-in assembly offers great resistance, more durability and, especially, high work capacity.

The machine has a high-performance turbocharged electronic engine that provides reliability, low consumption, low emissions and easy maintenance.

The machine features two circuits in its braking system, one for each tandem. The brakes are multi-disk in oil bath, self-adjusting, and long life. The service brakes are hydraulically servo-assisted and have two nitrogen accumulators, one for each circuit. These accumulators allow the operator to stop the machine if the hydraulic system fails, or if the diesel engine stops.

The machine’s axles were made to ensure sturdiness and greater power transmission to the ground. The front axle is made of a welded steel frame, with high-resistance parts. The front axle offers a wide and constant ground clearance throughout its length, due to its straight geometry. The lateral tilt and the wheel rocker allow you to monitor the irregularities of the terrain.

The hydraulic system is a Load and Flow Sensing system. The pump only supplies flow when the operator activates one of the control levers. When there is no hydraulic demand, the pump draws a minimum power from the engine, and the hydraulic system operates at a cooler temperature, which reduces fuel consumption.

The 24-volt electrical system is supplied by two maintenance-free batteries, 12 volts each and connected in series, with a total capacity of 100 Ah. The batteries are located within easy access. The machine has a set of headlights, rear lights, and lights over the blade, which allows perfect lighting of the work site

1-2

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Intended use To prevent serious harm to people or damage to the machine, do NOT use your machine for operations other than those specified or which are not described in this manual. The manufacturer and your dealer are not responsible for damages caused by improper use. With standard equipment and authorized implements, your machine was designed for general earth movement operations, such as earthwork and moving material. (described in this manual). If you want to use the machine in applications that require special implements or equipment, see your Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer.

1-3

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Read the operator's manual Important information • Each machine is supplied with a copy of this manual.

• This manual has been developed as a guide for the safe and proper use of the machine, as well as for its maintenance. Always follow the recommendations in this manual to ensure the best performance, cost-effective operation and long service life of your machine.

• The manual is in sections. For a list of sections, see the table of contents. Refer to the index at the back of this manual for locating specific items about your machine.

• The "SAFETY INFORMATION" chapter contains important information about safety at the time of maintenance, adjustments and safe operation of the machine, and also contains information about the use of safety messages found throughout this manual.

• The "MAINTENANCE" chapter contains important information about lubrication, cleaning work, maintenance and adjustments of the machine.

• The "SPECIFICATIONS" chapter contains important information about weights, dimensions, torques, and general specifications of the machine.

• The remaining chapters provide operating instructions for the machine, its controls, instruments, and accessories, and information about transport, storage and operation of the machine.

• READ THIS MANUAL COMPLETELY and make sure that you have learned how to operate the machine and its controls correctly and safely. It is your responsibility to read and understand the operator's manual and other provided information before you start to operate the machine. This information includes the speed, brakes, steering, stability and load characteristics of the machine.

• Do not operate this machine or perform maintenance work if you have not had appropriate training. Read and fully understand all the instructions and warnings in this manual. Have all operators read this manual carefully.

• If you follow the basic safety procedures and precautions, you can avoid most accidents that relate to machine inspection and maintenance services.

• Always see the Operator's Manual when you have doubts about any operating procedure of the machine. Read and understand all the safety warnings contained in this manual and all the safety decals on the machine. Correctly follow the maintenance procedures. See your Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer if you have any doubts.

• DO NOT remove this manual from the machine. Make sure this manual is complete and in good condition. Contact an Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer if you need additional manuals or manuals in other languages.

Always keep the manual in the cab, so that the operator can consult the manual at any time.

• Your machine is compliant with current safety regulations, but the safety information in this manual does not replace safety rules, insurance requirements, and federal, state or local laws. Make sure that your machine has all the appropriate and certified equipment in accordance with these government codes or laws. Consult an Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer about changes to your machine.

• CASE CONSTRUCTION reserves the right to improve designs and change specifications at any time, without obligation to install them on previously sold units. The specifications, descriptions, and illustrative materials here correctly reflect the data known on the publication date, but may vary by region and are subject to change without notice. Therefore, all content in this publication is subject to production variations. These variations can affect the maintenance that you perform on the machine. Make sure that your Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer has provided complete and current information before you start to operate any machine.

• The illustrations may include optional equipment and attachments and may not include all standard equipment.

• Dimensions and weights in this manual are only approximate.

• Additional safety messages are used in the text of the manual to show specific safety hazards. Pay attention.

1-4

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

NOTICE: The safety messages in this manual are intended to illustrate the basic safety procedures of the machine.

However, it is impossible for these safety messages to cover all dangerous situations you may encounter. If you have any doubts, consult your direct supervisor prior to operating or performing any maintenance service on the machine.

1-5

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Operator's manual storage FULLY READ THIS MANUAL and make sure that you understand all the controls. All equipment has a limit. Therefore, be sure to understand the features related to speed, brakes, steering, stability and other features of this machine before beginning to operate it.

DO NOT remove this manual from the machine. Contact your Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer to request additional manuals.

(1) economy transmissions. Operator's manual storage compartment.

BRIL12MG0020A0A

1-6

1

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Identification Identification of the sides of the machine Left-hand side, right-hand side, front, and rear NOTE: In this manual, the terms "left-hand side" and "right-hand side" indicate the sides of the machine as seen from the operator's seat.

GR2516GRD0001FA

1.

2.

3.

4.

Left Hand Side Right–hand side Front Trailing

1-7

1

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Machine Components

COIL14GRD0100FA

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

1

Handrail Cab (ROPS) Blade lift cylinder Blade circle Articulation cylinder Steps Engine hood Front Blade Rear ripper Circle and blade drawbar

11. Circle displacement cylinder 12. Blade tilt cylinder 13. Blade displacement cylinder

COIL14GRD0101AA

1-8

2

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

14. Transportation/servicing lock

COIL14GRD0102AA

3

COIL14GRD0105AA

4

COIL14GRD0104BA

5

15. Hydraulic Filter

16. Hoist eye (if equipped) 17. Radiator and fan

1-9

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

18. Licence plate bracket

COIL14GRD0218BA

6

COIL14GRD0179BA

7

Models equipped with transmission“Direct Drive” 19. AC condenser 20. Transmission fluid cooler (left-hand side of the machine) and hydraulic fluid cooler and fan drive (right-hand side of the machine)

1-10

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Identification plates Model, serial number, and year of manufacture When you order parts or obtain information or technical assistance, tell your dealer the serial number and type of the machine or implements.

Write the following information in the spaces on the tag: the type, serial number and year of manufacture of your machine, implements, and the serial numbers of the different hydraulic and mechanical components.

48091239_B

1

BRIL12MG0001A0A

2

Machine identification Product Identification Number (P.I.N.)

1-11

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Motor

BRIL12MG0002A0A

3

BRIL12MG0005A0A

4

Transmission (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission)

1-12

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Rollover protective structure (ROPS)

1-13

COIL14GRD0218BA

5

BRCE12MGLUE0043

6

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Rear Axle (865B AWD models)

BRIL12MG0009A0A

7

BRIL12MG0009A0A

8

Rear Axle (885B AWD models)

1-14

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Ecology and the environment Ecology and environment Soil, air and water are vital factors of life in general. Disposing of waste improperly represents a danger for the environment.

NOTE: Some recommendations must be followed: • Obtain information about the correct methods to recycle or dispose of waste from local authorities, collection centers or your dealer.

• Do not dispose of waste onto the ground, into drains, or in water beds.

• Do not fill reservoirs using cans or inappropriate pressurized fluid delivery systems, as they may cause considerable spillage.

• Use sealed containers when draining the fluids. Do not use containers for food or beverages which may induce ingestion.

• The air conditioning system is under pressure, and contains gases that should not be released into the atmosphere.

Do not disconnect or remove any component from the pressure line of the air conditioning system. If you need repairs to the air conditioning system, contact a dealer.

• Immediately repair any leaks or defects in the machine's engine cooling and hydraulic systems.

• Generally avoid skin contact with any fuels, oils, fluids, acids, solvents, etc. Most of them contain substances which may be harmful to your health.

• Avoid spills when draining fluid. Store them safely until they can be disposed of properly in compliance with local legislation.

• Protect hoses and pipes during welding works, because the sparks generated during the welding work can damage them, allowing the fluid to leak.

Mandatory recycling The battery is essentially composed of lead plates and sulfuric acid solution. Because the battery contains heavy metals such as lead, resolution 401 de 2008 of CONAMA orders that all used batteries must be returned to the battery dealer at the time of replacement. Do not dispose of the battery in the garbage. Points of sale are obliged to accept the return of your used battery, and to store it in a suitable place and return it to the manufacturer for recycling.

Improper disposal of batteries can contaminate the soil, groundwater and waterways. Consumption of contaminated water can cause serious health risks. Contact of the acid solution with the skin or eyes can cause serious injury and blindness. In case of accidental contact with the eyes or skin, immediately wash with running water and seek emergency medical care.

1-15

CUIL13TRO0091AA

1

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Consumables - Biodiesel fuel Introduction Fatty acid methyl ester (FAME) fuel, called biodiesel fuel in this section, is a family of fuels derived from vegetable oils treated with methyl esters.

There are two main types: rapeseed methyl ester (RME) and soybean methyl ester (SME). RME is a blend of rapeseed and sunflower methyl ester, and is the preferred type in Europe. SME is the preferred type in the United States.

Diesel engines can be run with pure biodiesel fuel or a blend of standard diesel fuel and biodiesel fuel: • B5: indicates the blend of 5% biodiesel and 95% diesel fuels.

• B20: indicates the blend of 20% biodiesel and 80% diesel fuels.

• B100: indicates pure biodiesel, or 100% biodiesel fuel.

NOTE: Check on the biodiesel decal which blend is suitable for your machine.

Biodiesel fuel is a renewable alternative fuel source. Its use and development is promoted worldwide, especially in Europe and in the United States. Biodiesel has several positive features: • Biodiesel fuel adds lubricity to the fuel, which is beneficial in many circumstances, particularly as sulfur and aromatics are removed from the fuel.

• Biodiesel has a greater cetane number and burns cleaner.

• Biodiesel produces less particulate matter and reduces smoke emissions.

• Biodiesel fuel is fully biodegradable and non-toxic.

Diesel and biodiesel fuel specifications • Europe: EN 590 - specification of diesel fuel (10 ppm sulfur maximum) • United States of America: ASTM D975-10 – standard specification for diesel fuel • Argentina: 6537-1:1997 and 6538:2010 • Brazil: according to ANP (Agência Nacional do Petróleo) specification Biodiesel blends are covered by: • European diesel fuel specification EN 590 allows up to 7% biodiesel since 2009. European fuel suppliers are allowed to use up to 7% biodiesel fuel (B7) to supply the network.

• The specification for diesel in Brazil ASTM D6751-09A allows up to 7% of biodiesel. Brazilian fuel suppliers can use up to 7% of biodiesel fuel (B7) to supply the network.

Before crude oil can be converted into usable biodiesel, it must undergo transesterification to remove glycerides.

During the transesterification process, the oil reacts with an alcohol to separate the glycerine from the fat or vegetable oil. This process leaves behind two products: methyl ester (the chemical name for biodiesel) and glycerin (a byproduct usually sold for use in soaps or other products).

NOTE: Biodiesel fuels approved for use in CASE CONSTRUCTION equipment must be transesterified and comply with European standard EN14214, Brazilian and North American standard ASTM D6751 and Argentine standard 6515-1:2013.

NOTICE: Cold pressed biodiesel, cold pressed oil, straight vegetable oil (SVO), or more generally unrefined vegetable oils used as motor fuel are fuels that are normally made from rapeseed oil or similar high oil content crops.

These fuels are not transesterified and do not meet EN14214, ASTM D6751 or 6515-1:2013 requirements. There is no recognized quality standard available for these fuels. Therefore the use of cold pressed biodiesel, cold pressed oil, straight vegetable oil (SVO) or unrefined vegetable oils are NOT APPROVED at any blend in any CASE CONSTRUCTION product.

NOTICE: Running any engine and fuel injection equipment in a CASE CONSTRUCTION vehicle with any blend of NON-APPROVED fuel (fuel not complying with the specification described in requirement EN14214 for Europe, requirement ASTM D6751 for Brazil and the United States and 6515-1:2013 for Argentina) will void the warranty cover

by CASE CONSTRUCTION. 1-16

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Fuel usage conditions You must follow fuel usage conditions. Incorrect use can lead to severe damage to both the engine and the fuel injection equipment.

The main concerns when operating with biodiesel are: • Filter and injector blockage caused by poor fuel quality.

• Wear and corrosion of internal components from water content, which affects lubricity.

• Deterioration of some rubber sealing compounds in the fuel system.

• Biodiesel oxidation, which can lead to the formation of deposits that can harm the fuel injection system.

NOTICE: Problems in the engine fuel injection equipment associated with non-compliance with the following conditions for biodiesel handling and maintenance will not be covered for warranty by CASE CONSTRUCTION. Purchase biodiesel fuel from a trusted supplier who understands the product and maintains acceptable fuel quality.

Use biodiesel from BQ 9000 accredited suppliers to maintain the quality and consistency of the fuel. The BQ 9000 Quality Management Program is accredited by the National Biodiesel Board for producers and marketers of biodiesel fuel. See the website at www.biodiesel.org for more information.

Biodiesel Fuel must be pre-blended by the supplier. Mixing biodiesel fuel blends on-site can result in an incorrect mixture that may damage the engine and/or fuel system.

NOTICE: CASE CONSTRUCTION may void your warranty if an engine or fuel system problem results from poor fuel quality due to improper blending. You and your fuel supplier are responsible that the right type of fuel and blend is delivered and used.

Using an additive for Biodiesel Despite strict standards for the manufacture of biodiesel in Brazil, fuel may present problems after some time in storage, such as the formation of colonies of microorganisms, oxidation and crystallization in the cold. Although the percentage of biodiesel blended with diesel fuel is small, the problems that can occur with the fuel cause major disruptions.

To avoid disruptions and possible damage to equipment, CASE CONSTRUCTION makes the following recommendation: Use a Biodiesel biocide additive for the purpose of combating the formation of colonies of microorganisms in the machine's fuel system. The additive, as well as having biocidal properties, should also function as a lubricant and antioxidant. Consult your CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer for detailed information on the concentration and frequency of use of the additive.

1-17

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

International symbols Main symbols used in this manual Warning master indicator

Stop master indicator

See Operator's

See the Repair Manual

Attention (warning sign)

Danger (your life is at risk)

Warning (Use seat belt)

Adjusting operator seat

Warning (Risk of blood contamination – Pressurized system)

Danger (Risk of poisoning – Toxic gases)

Warning (Crush hazard)

Warning (Crush hazard)

Warning (Crush hazard)

Danger (Risk of explosion – Tire pressure)

Warning (Risk of entanglement)

Warning (Risk of entanglement)

Warning (Risk of burns – Hot surface)

Warning (Risk of burns – Pressurized hot liquid)

Danger (Risk of explosion)

Danger (Risk of explosion)

Beacon light (if equipped)

Tail light/Position lights

Service and work lights

Rear work light

1-18

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Cab light

Blade work light

Turn signals

Warning lights

Bulb

Brake pressure

Battery

Electrical system and accessories

Alternator drive belt

Auxiliary steering system (Incorrect operation)

Parking brake

Horn

Fuel

Fuel level check

Fuel filter

Drain fuel reservoir

Engine oil

Engine oil level

Engine oil filter

Engine oil temperature

Engine oil pressure

Engine coolant

Engine coolant concentration level

Engine coolant pressure

Engine coolant temperature

Hour meter

1-19

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Engine air filter

“Grid heater” (Engine intake air heater)

Transmission fluid

Transmission fluid level

Transmission fluid filter

Transmission fluid pressure

Transmission fluid temperature

Hydraulic fluid

Hydraulic fluid level

Hydraulic fluid filter

Hydraulic oil pressure

Hydraulic fluid temperature

Locked

Unlocked

Differential Lock

Blade float switch (Front)

Blade float switch (Right-hand cylinder)

Blade float switch (Left-hand cylinder)

Ripper (rear)

Ripper (front)

Saddle lock

Machine articulation

Blade anti-shock system

Lubrication

Steering pressure diagnostic socket

Pressure diagnostic socket of the brake accumulators

1-20

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Low engine speed

High engine speed

Ignition key – “ACC” position – (Accessory)

Ignition key – “OFF” position – (Off)

Ignition key – “ON” position – (On)

Ignition key – “START” position – (Engine start-up)

Fan/heater (if equipped)

Defog

Front windshield wiper

Bottom front window wiper/washer (Left-hand and right-hand sides) (if equipped)

Front windshield washer

Rear windshield wiper/washer (if equipped)

1-21

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

1-22

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION###_2_### Safety rules NOTICE: This safety alert symbol indicates important safety-related messages in this manual. When you see this symbol, carefully read the message shown and be alert to the possibility of death or serious injury.

READ THIS MANUAL COMPLETELY and make sure that you have learned how to operate the machine and its controls correctly and safely. It is your responsibility to read and understand the operator's manual and other provided information before you start to operate the machine. This information includes the speed, brakes, steering, stability and load characteristics of the machine.

Do not operate this machine or perform maintenance work if you have not had appropriate training. Read and fully understand all the instructions and warnings in this manual. Have all operators read this manual carefully.

Do not allow unauthorized persons to perform maintenance or repairs on the machine.

If you follow the basic safety procedures and precautions, you can avoid most accidents that relate to machine inspection and maintenance services.

Always see the Operator's Manual when you have doubts about any operating procedure of the machine. Read and understand all the safety warnings contained in this manual and all the safety decals on the machine. Correctly follow the maintenance procedures. See your Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer if you have any doubts.

DO NOT remove this manual from the machine. Make sure this manual is complete and in good condition. Contact an Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer if you need additional manuals or manuals in other languages. Always keep the manual in the cab, so that you can consult the manual at any time.

Your machine is compliant with current safety regulations, but the safety information in this manual does not replace safety rules, insurance requirements, and federal, state or local laws. Make sure that your machine has all the appropriate and certified equipment in accordance with these government codes or laws. Consult an Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer about changes to your machine.

Before beginning the day, walk around the machine and check for oil or fluid leaks. Check the levels of hydraulic fluid, transmission fluid, engine oil, and coolant. Replace any damaged parts or install missing parts. Carry out the required lubrication and maintenance as shown in this manual. Clean any dirt and debris from the machine, especially the engine compartment and the air conditioning condenser.

Before you start the engine, sound the horn. Make sure that everyone is at a safe distance from the machine.

Ensure that the parking brake is applied and that all the controls are in neutral before starting the engine.

You must sound the horn to warn people in the work area.

Before night work, make sure all the lights are turned on.

If your machine is equipped with a cab, make sure that all of the windows are clean and that the windshield wipers work correctly.

NOTICE: The safety messages in this manual are intended to illustrate the basic safety procedures of the machine.

However, it is impossible for these safety messages to cover all dangerous situations you may encounter. If you have any doubts, consult your direct supervisor prior to operating or performing any maintenance service on the machine.

2-1

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules (Signal word definitions) Personal Safety This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death or injury.

Throughout this manual and on machine safety signs, you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION followed by special instructions. These precautions are intended for your personal safety and for all those involved in the work activity during operation of the machine.

Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.

DANGER: Indicates an immediate danger that, if not avoided, will cause death or serious injury. The color associated with Danger is RED.

WARNING: Indicates a potential danger that, if not avoided, will cause serious injury. The color associated with Warning is ORANGE.

CAUTION: Indicates a potential danger that, if not avoided, can cause minor or moderate injury. ORANGE also alerts the operator to unsafe practices. The color associated with Caution is YELLOW.

FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. Machine safety NOTICE: Indicates a situation that, if not avoided, could result in machine or property damage. The color associated with Notice is BLUE. Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine or property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.

Information NOTE: Indicates additional information which clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual.

Throughout this manual you will find the word NOTE followed by additional information about a step, procedure or other information in the manual. The word NOTE is not intended to address personal safety or property damage.

2-2

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules (Personnel) Read and understand the safety precautions in the manual READ THIS MANUAL COMPLETELY and make sure that you have learned how to operate the machine and its controls correctly and safely. It is your responsibility to read and understand the operator's manual and other provided information before you start to operate the machine. This information includes the speed, brakes, steering, stability and load characteristics of the machine.

Do not operate this machine or perform maintenance work if you have not had appropriate training. Read and understand all of the instructions and warnings in this manual.

Have all operators read this manual carefully.

Always see the Operator's Manual when you have doubts about any operating procedure of the machine. Read and understand all the safety warnings contained in this manual and all the safety decals on the machine. Correctly follow the maintenance procedures. See your Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer if you have any doubts.

SP0003

1

SP0005

2

Use appropriate protective equipment Different jobs require different personal protective equipment. Items such as appropriate hard hats, safety goggles, comfortable safety footwear, thick gloves, reflective vests, protective masks, face shields and hearing protection may be necessary. Familiarize yourself with this equipment and know how to use it before starting work.

Any protective equipment must be replaced or renewed depending on the time of use and wear. Old hard hats may not serve the user's purposes. Faded and stained clothing may not be as visible as new clothing. See the manufacturer‘s recommendations.

Do not wear headphones to listen to the radio while you operate the machine.

Learn and understand the meanings of the hand signals used in your job. Follow the instructions given by the signaler. See the "Hand Signs" section in this manual for more information.

Familiarize yourself with the regulations, laws and safety equipment required to transport or drive the machine on a road or highway. Beacon warning lights, back-up alarm, "Slow Vehicle" identification plates and other safety equipment are available at Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealers.

2-3

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Use hearing protection Use adequate hearing protection to protect yourself from intense noise during work operation.

NOTE: Prolonged exposure to loud noises can cause impairment or loss of hearing.

SP0006

3

SP0056

4

SP0004

5

Use eye or face protection Use appropriate eye or face shields to protect yourself against injuries caused by parts or debris that may be thrown.

NOTE: If your face, eyes, or another part of your body is hit by any loose parts or debris, serious injury may occur.

Prepare for emergencies Be ready to meet emergencies.

Always have a first aid kit and a good fire extinguisher, and know how to use them.

Establish emergency priority procedures to cope with fires or accidents.

Keep emergency telephone numbers for medical rescue, ambulance services, hospital and firefighters in an easyto-access place.

2-4

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Inspect the machine Walk around the machine and perform a visual inspection before you climb into the cab and start operation.

Never start the engine or operate the machine if you notice any failed parts or damaged parts.

SP0007

Access the operator's compartment safely Always approach the machine from the front.

When you enter or exit the machine, always keep contact with three points of support with the steps and handrail.

NOTE: This will make it safer for you to move your feet and hands, which will help to prevent accidents.

Keep the steps and handrails clean and clear of debris.

NOTE: Accidents may result from slippery surfaces.

Do not use the control levers or hydraulic hoses as a support to enter or exit the machine.

NOTE: The control levers and hydraulic hoses are movable parts. They do not provide safety as a support. In addition, the control levers could inadvertently move and cause unexpected movement of the machine or implements.

Never jump to enter or exit the machine.

Never mount or dismount a moving machine.

Do not hurry. Walk, do not run.

Always keep your head, body, limbs, hands and feet inside the operator’s compartment to reduce exposure to external hazards.

Never exit the operator's compartment until the machine has come to a complete stop and the engine is shut down.

2-5

6

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Adjust and check Be sure that all the doors, shields and hoods are correctly installed or closed.

Always keep the windows and rear-view mirrors clean and adjusted so that they provide full visibility.

To avoid getting caught in the machine, do not wear loose clothing, chains, bracelets or other loose personal items, or have your hair long, loose or uncovered.

Remove all loose objects from the operator area and the machine.

NOTE: Loose objects can jam the controls and cause accidents.

Operate the controls only when seated in the operator seat.

Adjust the operator seat The operator seat must be adjusted whenever there is a change of operator.

The operator should be able to fully press the pedals and correctly move the control levers with his/her back resting against the seat back.

NOTE: An incorrectly adjusted seat can cause risks in relation to operation of the machine and its controls.

Never operate the machine or its implements from any position other than sitting in the operator seat.

SP0009

7

SP0011

8

Adjust and fasten the seat belt Before operating the machine, carefully examine the condition of the belts, the buckle and the securing components for the seat belt.

If any component is damaged or worn, replace the seat belt or component before you operate the machine.

Never leave the seat belt loose or use it if the strap is twisted or caught in some part of the seat frame.

Always fasten the seat belt before you start the engine.

Be sure to remain seated with the seat belt fastened whenever you operate the machine.

Your machine has a rollover protective structure (ROPS) or a falling object protective structure (FOPS) for your safety.

The seat belt can help to protect you if you use it and maintain it correctly.

If an accident occurs, such as a rollover, replace the seat belt and its hardware, even if there was no damage to the seat belt.

2-6

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Care during a thunderstorm Do not operate machine during an electrical storm.

NOTE: If you are on the ground, move away from machine and look for safe shelter.

If an electrical storm starts during operation, remain in the cab.

NOTE: Do not exit the operator’s compartment or the cab during an electrical storm. Contact with objects outside of the machine may result in serious injury and even death.

2-7

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Operating precautions (Starting the machine) NOTICE: Never start the engine of a faulty machine or operate a faulty machine.

Initial inspections and checks • Walk around the machine and perform a visual inspection before you enter the cab and start operation.

• Check the load, weight, width, length, and height limitations that may be encountered at the work site. Make sure that the machine does not exceed these limitations.

• Always inspect the work area to identify potential risks such as: steep slopes, overhangs, terraces, trees, demolition, rubble, fires, ravines, rough terrain, drains, convex areas, ditches, excavations in traffic areas, areas with many parked cars, populated service areas, fenced areas etc.

• Check for damage on the bucket, on the teeth, and on the arm.

SP0007

1

SP0009

2

• Check for damage on all hydraulic hoses and for any leaks.

• Check the filters and the fluid levels.

• Check the brakes, the control handles, the gauges, the warning indicators, and other components of the machine before you attempt to operate the machine.

• Check that the parking brake is engaged.

• Check that all controls are in neutral.

• Check if the safety lever is in the control lockout position.

Setups • Adjust the operator seat and the seat belt to the position of maximum comfort and with complete access to the controls.

• Adjust all the rear-view mirrors for maximum visibility of the area behind the machine.

• Keep cab windows clean and with good visibility. Check that the windshield wipers work correctly.

• Check for the existence of tools or other loose objects in the operator compartment.

NOTE: Do not start the engine unless all of the objects inside the cab are properly secured.

NOTE: If incorrect operation of any component is verified, place the ignition switch in the “Off” position or turn off the master switch to shut down the engine. Place a “Do Not Operate” tag in a visible location of the operator’s compartment until the issue is corrected.

2-8

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Operation of the machine in the operator’s seat only • Inappropriate procedures to start the operation may cause the unexpected movement of the machine. This may result in serious injury or even death.

• Start the engine and operate the machine only while seated on the operator’s seat.

• Sound the horn before start-up.

• Do not start the engine by shorting across starter motor terminals.

• Before starting the engine, make sure all control levers are in the neutral position.

• Do not start-up until all personnel are clear of the machine.

• Ensure that engine speed is appropriate for the job to be carried out.

• Check for the presence of air in the system if any hydraulic controls or systems have reduced performance, or if the controls or systems respond abnormally or slowly.

NOTE: Air in the hydraulic circuits may cause unexpected movements that may result in accidents.

Starting the engine with booster batteries • If booster batteries must be used to start the engine, the operator must be seated in the operator’s seat to keep the machine under control when the engine begins to run.

NOTE: Starting the engine with booster batteries is a two-person operation.

• Do not use batteries that have been stored in a very cold place.

• Failure to correctly follow the procedure to start the engine with booster batteries can cause the battery to explode, or can cause unexpected movement of the machine. For additional information, see “Start-up with auxiliary batteries” in this manual.

SP0051

3

SP0062

4

Be careful with exhaust gases • Avoid asphyxia. Engine exhaust gases can cause death or damage to your health.

• If you need to operate the machine in a location that is not fully open, make sure there is adequate ventilation.

• Use an extension in the exhaust pipe to remove the exhaust gases from the work area; open the doors and windows to ventilate the work area.

NOTICE: DO NOT OPERATE the engine for very long in an enclosed area without adequate ventilation.

2-9

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Operating precautions (Machine operation) Beginning the operation • Study and familiarize yourself with the emergency exits that are alternatives to the normal exiting procedures.

• For your personal safety, do not climb on or off the machine when it is moving.

• Do not operate the machine if you do not feel well, if you are tired, or if you are ill.

• Obey all hand signals, safety decals, and other signage.

• When moving the machine in reverse, always look to where the machine is being moved.

• Never go downhill with the transmission in neutral.

• If the engine loses power, reduce the speed. If the engine stops for any other reason, under load or idle speed, stop the machine immediately. Check the cause of the issue.

• Regularly check all exhaust system components. Exhaust fumes are toxic for the operator.

• Regularly check the level of noise issued by the machine. If the noise is very intense and exceeds 90 dBA in the operator's compartment for more than 8 h, wear ear protectors approved by local regulations.

• When you transport the machine, in joint work with other machines, always give preference to those that are loaded.

• Assess if the weather, road, or earth conditions will permit safe operation on a hill, ramp, or rough ground.

• Maintain a safe distance from other machines or obstacles to ensure required visibility conditions.

• Whenever possible, avoid travel over obstacles such as: very rough terrain, rocks, tree stumps, steps, drains, railroad tracks.

• Observe the work area to identify potential risks before starting the engine and operating the machine.

NOTE: If it is necessary to cross obstacles, do so with extreme caution and at a right angle, if possible.

Reduce your speed. Slowly approach the obstacle.

Slowly pass through the point of balance and through to the other side. Also use the implement as support, if necessary.

• Make sure that the firmness and the conditions of the ground are safe before you start operations.

• Operate and drive the machine with care and at a speed compatible with the conditions of the work site.

• Understand the machine limitations, and keep the machine under control.

• Make sure that the work area is sufficiently stable and firm to support the weight of the machine during the work operations.

• Observe the work site conditions. Know and understand that these conditions may change on an hourly basis. Hills of dirt, debris, or obstructions may grow and change position relative to their location when you started the job.

• It is your responsibility to monitor the changes and keep the machine and implement at a safe distance.

• To pass over deep trenches or flooded ground, place the machine perpendicular to the obstacle. Reduce the speed. Start to cross with the aid of the implement, if necessary, only after you have assessed whether the ground conditions allow you to safely cross without risks.

NOTE: Avoid very soft ground, as this may result in a rollover or loss of control of the machine.

• The word “levelling” generally refers to work in virgin rough terrain, characterized by the presence of all the hazards and risks listed above.

• Note and avoid all hazards and obstructions such as ditches, underground lines, trees, cliffs, overhead electrical wires, or areas where there is slide hazard.

• Select an adequate gear to prevent excessive speed when you travel downhill.

Safe movement and operation of the machine • Be alert of the position of people near the machine.

• Bystanders can be run over.

• Make sure that exposed people in the area of operation are clear of the machine before you move the machine or the machine's implements.

• Sound horn to inform bystanders that the machine is going to be operated.

• If anyone enters the work area, lower the implements to the ground. Stop the machine immediately.

2-10

NOTE: We emphasize the danger represented in these conditions by tree limbs (possibly falling on the machine) and large roots (which may act as a lever under the machine when uprooted and cause the machine to become unstable and overturn).

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Keep people away from the work area • People can be hit by a part of the machine in motion and be crushed, resulting in serious injury or death.

• Keep all people away from the area of operation and movement of the machine.

Transport of passengers • Do not transport passengers on the machine. Never allow anyone to be underneath the machine or its points of access during operation.

• Do not give rides on the machine. This can obstruct the full view of the operator. There is also the possibility of serious bodily harm or death due to accidental falls.

Help with signaling • If the operation vision is obstructed, seek help from a signal person when you move the machine.

NOTE: Always maintain visual contact with the person who is signaling.

• No machine motions shall be made unless the signals given by the signal person are perfectly understood by the machine operator.

• Learn the meanings of all flags, signs and markings used on the job and confirm with the person in charge of signaling.

• Always make sure that rear-view mirrors are clean and correctly adjusted.

• Use caution when you operate the machine in locations with fog, smoke, dust, or heavy rain.

• As visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.

• Before you operate the machine at night or at a work site with low light, check the operation of all of the work lights.

NOTE: Do not move the machine into areas with low visibility.

2-11

SP0065

1

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Operation on frozen ground • Be alert to avoid changes in adherence conditions that cause loss of control.

NOTE: Work with extreme care on ice, frozen ground, or snow.

• Frozen ground, when the ambient temperature increases, tends to be less firm, affecting the stability of the machine.

• Operate carefully when in snowy conditions, because the snow may hide hazards.

• Actuate the controls slowly and carefully to prevent the machine from making unwanted slippery maneuvers or movements.

• Even on minor slopes, when snow is present or on frozen ground, unwanted slippery maneuvers or movements of the machine could occur.

Cab protection against landslides In the event of a landslide, the machine is equipped with an ROPS (Rollover Protective Structure) and an FOPS (Falling Object Protective Structure) for the cab protection. See “Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS)” in this manual.

Care during operation • The accidental rupture of utility lines such as electrical power lines, communications lines (phone, internet, TV), gas pipes, water pipes, sewer lines, or others can cause an explosion or fire, which may result in serious injury or death.

• Before you start work, check the location. Maintain the minimum distance required by law.

• Safety precautions must be taken when you work near buried or overhead utility lines. See page 2-29 for further information.

Precautions for operation in small spaces • Do not operate the machine in enclosed spaces or without appropriate ventilation.

• Operations in tunnels or underground sites where potential explosive conditions exist are not allowed.

• There is danger of explosions and fatal injuries.

2-12

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Precautions with the electrical grid • If any part of the machine is not at a safe distance from electrical grid, accidents may occur that may result in serious injury or death.

• Wet ground will expand the area that could cause electrical shock.

• Keep all people and employees away from the work area.

• Check and make sure to comply with any local regulations that may be applicable. See page 2-29 for more information.

2-13

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Basic operating safety rules WARNING IMPROPER OPERATION OF THIS MACHINE CAN CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. MAKE SURE THAT EVERY OPERATOR: -is instructed in the safe and proper use of this machine.

-reads and understands the operator's manual for this machine.

-reads and understands ALL safety signs on the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0188A

WARNING Avoid injury!

Make sure decals are perfectly legible. Clean decals regularly. Replace all damaged, missing, painted over, or illegible decals. See your dealer for replacement decals. When replacing parts bearing decals, be sure to put new decals on each new part.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0229A

Be very careful until you are familiar with how this machine operates.

Familiarize yourself with the location of underground installations, such as power lines, water and gas pipes, etc.

Breaking a gas pipe or power line could cause serious injury or death.

Before operating in an area that you do not know well, walk around and check for hidden holes, steep hollows and obstacles that could cause accidents.

Be aware that the machine has limitations. Always keep it under control. Do not try to do too much too fast.

If, for any reason, the engine stops or there is a fault in the power steering system, stop the machine. Do not try to drive it without adequate steering system functionality.

Before driving the machine on roads or highways, first check local regulations on the proper use of lights, reflectors and the “Slow Moving Vehicle” sign.

Before each period of operation, test the steering system, brakes, hydraulic controls and safety devices. You can avoid accidents if the machine is working properly. If necessary, repair and adjust the machine before operating it.

Visually examine the machine to check whether it has any leaks, or parts that are damaged or not working properly.

Before setting the machine in motion, close all caps, oil dipsticks, battery plugs etc. With the machine in motion, a missing part could cause accidents.

Place chocks on the tires when performing any work on the machine.

BRCE12MGLUE0056

2-14

1

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Use safety equipment correctly. Do not wear loose clothing. Whenever your safety is at stake, obtain the necessary personal protective equipment: hard hat, protective footwear, ear defenders, high-visibility clothing, protective goggles and thick gloves.

BRIL12MG0210F0A

2

BRCE12MGLUE0058

3

BRCE12MGLUE0017

4

BRCE12MGLUE0019

5

Before putting the machine in motion, alert people who are doing maintenance or are in the area.

Familiarize yourself with the movement of vehicles in your work area, with the instructions of the signaler (flag) and with the road signs. Lack of care can cause accidents.

Always keep a fire extinguisher and a first aid kit in the machine. Know how to use them.

Before using the machine at night, ensure that all the lights work properly.

Ensure that there are no loose objects in the operator cab, steps and control levers. Failure to keep these parts clean could result in a serious accident.

2-15

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

The seat belts contribute to operator safety if you use them in line with the instructions contained in this manual.

BRIL12MG0214F0A

6

BRCE12MGLUE0021

7

BRIL12MG0216F0A

8

BRCE12MGLUE0023

9

Do not jump out of the machine because you could injure yourself.

Drive the machine slowly when you are on a slope, a ramp or uneven ground. Always stay alert when working near ditches or steep slopes. A mistake could cause the machine to fall, causing a serious accident.

Do not support yourself on the steering wheel or control levers when entering or exiting the machine.

Always keep your hands on the controls when operating the machine.

Handle the machine and tools only when seated in the operator seat. Any other method could result in a serious accident.

Before stopping the machine, apply the parking brake, lower the blade to the ground and turn off the engine. Park the machine on flat ground or parallel to the slope.

2-16

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Be careful when working in dusty, smoky or foggy places.

Slow down when visibility becomes precarious because accidents could happen.

BRCE12MGLUE0024

10

BRCE12MGLUE0026

11

BRIL12MG0220F0A

12

Do not permit anyone other than the operator to ride on the machine.

Do not allow any part of the machine to come into contact with power lines. If you need to work close to power lines, ensure that the electricity company has shut them down.

The machine does not need to come into contact with the power line to become electrified. If the machine does become electrified, do not exit or touch the machine.

Figure 12: Wrong way.

To remove the battery, leave the starter in the "OFF" position, disconnect the negative (-) cable (ground) first, and to install the battery, always connect the negative (-) cable (ground) last.

Battery storage areas should have good ventilation to prevent the accumulation of hydrogen gas from recently charged batteries.

Before connecting or disconnecting a circuit, familiarize yourself with it. An incorrect connection could cause an accident or injury.

When checking the battery charge, never place a metal object across the terminals. Sparks could cause an explosion. Use a voltmeter or a densitometer.

2-17

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Batteries produce explosive gases. Keep sparks, flames and lit cigarettes away from them. Ensure good ventilation when charging a battery or when using a battery in an enclosed area. Wear protective goggles when working close to batteries.

Figure 13: Wrong way.

Batteries contain sulfuric acid, which can cause serious burns. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, or clothing. Antidote: external: Flush well with lots of water. internal: Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten egg or vegetable oil. Call a doctor immediately. Eyes: Wash them with water for 15 min and seek immediate medical assistance. Keep batteries out of reach of children.

BRIL12MG0221F0A

13

BRIL12MG0222F0A

14

BRIL12MG0223F0A

15

When using jumper batteries to start the engine, connect the positive cable to the positive terminal of the starter solenoid. Connect the negative cable to the machine chassis. Before starting the engine, the operator should be accommodated in his seat with the seat belt (if equipped) buckled. Stop the engine before exiting the machine. Disconnect the cables from the jumper battery. Any other method may result in the machine moving uncontrollably.

Never wear metal rings or bracelets. The metal can conduct electricity.

When servicing the machine, especially hammering or grinding, use protective goggles or a protective mask.

Always use a hammer made of plastic, wood, copper, leather, or similar. This way, you avoid possible injury from shrapnel.

Before servicing the machine, lower the implements to the ground or securely lock them.

The fan and belts can cause serious injury when moving.

Keep away from them.

2-18

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

The cooling system operates under high pressure. Remove the reservoir cap slowly and only when the engine is cold, otherwise you risk serious burns.

BRCE12MGLUE0028

16

BRCE12MGLUE0032

17

BRCE12MGLUE0030

18

BRCE12MGLUE0034

19

Park the machine on flat, level ground, and chock the wheels firmly before working under the machine. Failure to do so could cause a serious accident.

Do not attempt any repairs for which you have not been trained. There is no shame in asking for help.

The hydraulic system operates under high pressure. Any leak, however minuscule, could penetrate human tissue, causing serious injury. Use a piece of timber or card when attempting to locate leaks. Never use your hands or any other body part. Relieve the hydraulic pressure before disconnecting circuits. When connecting them back up, check that they are tightly fastened. In the event of pressurized oil leaks causing injuries, consult a doctor immediately. Complications could arise without immediate medical attention.

When pumping up tires, always stay on the wheel locking ring side.

To clean the internal padding, do not use cleaning solvents such as: acetone, thinner, carbon tetrachloride, enamel reducers, nail polish removers or cleaning materials such as laundry detergent, bleach or reducing agents. Never use gasoline or naphtha for this type of cleaning. These materials may be toxic or inflammable, or may damage the upholstery.

Exhaust fumes can kill. If you need to start the engine in a closed area, make sure there is good ventilation in the site.

Be very careful when disconnecting hydraulic hoses. The high system pressure could cause injury. Relieve the system pressure before starting to service the system.

Do not fill the machine up with fuel when you are smoking, there are flames nearby or the engine is running.

Stay clear of the high pressure hoses of the front axle and near the machine linkage when it is started, because there is a risk of oil leaking under pressure (for models equipped with “AWD”).

2-19

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Locking pin for Transportation/Maintenance - When transporting the machine or performing any maintenance on it, lock the safety joint. When latched, this device prevents the machine from articulating. After completing maintenance, release the safety joint lock pin, locking it in the rear chassis pivot.

BRIL12MG0228F0A

2-20

20

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safty Precautions (Weld works) WARNING Avoid injury!

When welding, always wear proper protective equipment and welding clothing. All persons in the work area must, at minimum, wear welding goggles. Never look directly at the welding arc without welding eye protection.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W1178A

NOTICE: Repair works with welding must be performed by a qualified and experienced welder. Appropriate safety regulations should be followed by the personnel involved in the work. The time to perform welding operations depends on the quality and precision of the work. Never make modifications on the machine.

To perform welding operations on the machine (authorized and in accordance with CASE CONSTRUCTION recommendations), proceed as follows: • Identify all points of fracture or cracking, and the areas in which welding is required.

• Thoroughly clean the areas involved.

• Remove all paint. Inspect the parts with liquid penetrant or a magnetic tool for particles.

• Shut down the engine. Place the ignition key in the “OFF” position to shut down the engine.

NOTICE: After you shut down the machine, wait at least 8 min to shut down the battery cables or the master switch (if equipped). This time is necessary so that the engine’s electronic system (if equipped) can store the settings data in the electronic module.

• Disconnect the batteries and the wires from terminals D+ and B+ of the alternator.

• Disconnect the electrical wiring harnesses from the transmission control modules and from the engine.

• Connect the ground cable of the welding machine to the component to be welded.

• Always connect the welding equipment to the frame that is being welded.

• Never connect the welding equipment ground to a component of the hydraulic system.

• Avoid welding at low temperatures, e.g., below 16 °C. If necessary, warm up the part involved prior to welding.

• Remove the paint from all surfaces before heating or welding. Painted surfaces can generate toxic gases when heated or welded.

• Use appropriate masks or protective goggles.

• Wear appropriate gloves and protective equipment.

• Disconnect the connectors from all control modules of the machine.

2-21

SP0064

1

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Heating lines containing pressurized fluid NOTICE: Flammable sprays can be generated by heating near lines containing pressurized fluid, resulting in severe burns to those doing the repair and to bystanders.

• Do not cause heating by welding, or use open flames near the components containing pressurized fluid or other flammable materials.

• Install temporary fire protection to protect the lines and other components of the machine when you perform a welding procedure.

NOTE: Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when the heat goes beyond the area of the flame.

• Avoid heating lines containing flammable fluids • Do not weld or torch cut lines that contain flammable fluids.

• Clean the lines to be welded or cut with non-flammable solvents before welding or cutting them.

SP0059

2

Remove the paint before welding or heating NOTICE: Hazardous fumes can be generated when the paint is heated by the welding arc or torch flame. If inhaled, these fumes may be harmful to your health.

• Do not breath in potentially toxic fumes and dust.

• Do all such work outside or in a well-ventilated area.

• Handle and dispose of waste from paints or solvents in accordance with environmental regulations, laws, and government codes.

• Remove the paint from the part to be welded before welding or heating operations.

• When sanding or grinding the paint, avoid breathing in the dust.

• Wear an approved respirator.

• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove the stripper with soap and water before welding operations.

• Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area.

• Allow the fumes to disperse for at least 15 min before welding or heating operations.

2-22

SP0060

3

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safty Precautions – (Additional care with weld works) (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) NOTICE: Before you perform any welding on the machine, turn off the ignition key. Make sure that the key is in the “OFF” position. Connect the welding equipment ground cable a maximum distance of 0.6 m (2 ft) from the component to be welded.

NOTE: To perform a safe welding procedure, some electrical component connectors should be disconnected. Make sure to disconnect the connectors listed below:

(TCU) transmission control unit On the right-hand side of the operator, there are 3 connectors for the transmission control module. Make sure to disconnect the black connector (X24) and the grey connector (X23).

ATTENTION: Performing welding service without disconnecting the Transmission Control Unit TCU connector could cause irreparable damage to this component and to the transmission.

BRIL12MG0111A0A

1

BRIL12MG0112A0A

2

BRIL12MG0113A0A

3

Front dash Disconnect the 70 pins connector (X6) from the front panel, located on the right-hand side of the rear chassis, between the cab fastening supports. To disconnect, loosen the central connector bolt with a 4 mm Allen wrench.

Transmission selector lever Disconnect the connector (J4) from the transmission selector lever, located on the right-hand side console, above the fuse compartments and below the transmission gear selector lever.

2-23

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Transmission Disconnect the connector (J6), located on the left-hand side of the machine, near the transmission.

NOTICE: Performing welding service without disconnecting the connectors listed above could cause irreparable damage to the control module, the transmission and the front panel of the machine.

BRIL12MG0114A0A

2-24

4

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safty Precautions – Fuel handling WARNING Fire hazard!

Do not add gasoline, alcohol, or blended fuels to diesel fuel, except as recommended in this manual.

Fuel combinations may increase fire and explosion hazards.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0401A

When you handle fuels, proceed as follows: • Do not smoke or permit flames when filling or near fueling operations.

• Never remove the fuel reservoir cap or refuel machines with the engine running or still hot.

• Never allow fuel to spill on hot machine components.

• Avoid spilling fuel on the ground or contaminating the environment.

• Fill the fuel reservoir in an open area.

• Always maintain control of the fuel filter nozzle when filling the tank.

NOTE: This will help avoid spilling fuel.

• Do not completely fill the fuel reservoir. Allow room for expansion.

• Clean up spilled fuel immediately. Correctly dispose of all contaminated material.

NOTE: Do not store rags with flammable fluids.

• Tightened the fuel tank cap securely.

• If the fuel reservoir cap gets lost or damaged, immediately replace the cap with another genuine cap.

NOTE: Use of a non-approved cap without proper venting may result in pressurization of the tank.

• Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.

• Use fuel with adequate rating for the equipment function.

• Do not warm up or drill lines and containers that hold pressurized fluid or other flammable materials.

• Store flammable fluids in a safe location, away from the circulation of people and away from fire hazards.

NOTE: Follow the precautions listed in this safety information chapter when handling any service fluid.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

2-25

SP0057

1

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Fire and explosion prevention DANGER Fire hazard!

Always have a fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Keep the fire extinguisher in good condition through routine maintenance and service according to the manufacturer's instructions.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

D0006A

Safety Procedures NOTE: All fuels, most lubricants, and some coolant mixtures are flammable. Explosions or fires may occur if these materials are handled incorrectly, causing serious injury or death.

• Do not spill fuel or fluids on hot surfaces or electronics.

• Check leaks of fuel and fluids.

NOTE: Loose clamps, kinked hoses, or lines or hoses that rub against each other may cause leaks.

• Do not bend or strike high pressure lines and tubing.

• Do not leave flammable materials spilled or accumulated on the machine.

NOTE: Spilled fuel and lubricants, trash, grease, debris, coal dust and other substances may cause fires.

• Remove all trash and debris from the machine each day, especially trash and debris that is near hot components such as the engine, transmission, exhaust system, battery, etc.

• Remove the build-up of debris that is near moving components such as bearings, pulleys, belts, gears, fans, etc.

NOTE: You may need to clean the machine more frequently (shorter periods) when you operate the machine in extreme conditions.

• Inspect the electrical system to check for the existence of loose connections or worn insulation.

NOTE: repair or replace as necessary.

• Do not store rags with flammable fluids.

• Do not expose the machine to flames, burning brush or explosives.

• Promptly investigate any unusual smells that occur during machine operation or maintenance.

• Always keep a fire extinguisher on or near the machine.

2-26

SP0058

1

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Precautions with pressurized components NOTE: Flammable sprays can be generated by heating near lines containing pressurized fluid, resulting in severe burns to those doing the repair or to bystanders.

• Do not warm up or cut lines and containers that hold pressurized fluid or other flammable materials.

NOTE: Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when heat goes beyond the area of the flame in case of a welding procedure.

• Install temporary fire protection on the lines and other components of the machine when you perform a welding procedure.

• Clean the components to be welded or cut with nonflammable solvents before you start the work.

SP0059

2

In case of fire NOTE: Always keep a fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Make sure that the fire extinguisher is in good condition. Make sure that you perform maintenance on the fire extinguisher in accordance with the recommendations.

If a fire occurs on the machine, if possible, proceed as follows: • Park the machine in a safe location.

NOTE: away from other people, machines or structures.

• Support the implements on the ground.

• Shut down the engine. Place the ignition key in the OFF position.

• Set the park brake.

• Request assistance.

• Exit the operator's compartment safely using the steps and handrails.

• Evaluate the situation, checking the possibility of using a fire extinguisher.

NOTE: Use a fire extinguisher if there is time. Otherwise, move away from the machine.

NOTE: Do not try to save objects. Keep calm and preserve life.

2-27

SP0061

3

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

General safety and precautions Check the start in neutral circuit • Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

• Release the parking brake.

• Fully press the “inching” pedal (only for models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission).

• Move the transmission control lever to forward gear.

• Turn the ignition key to the START position.

• The starter motor SHOULD NOT work.

• Move the transmission control lever to reverse gear.

• Turn the ignition key to the START position.

• The starter motor SHOULD NOT work.

Attention Move the transmission control lever to reverse gear.

• Set the parking brake.

• Turn the ignition key to the START position.

• The starter motor SHOULD work.

Move the transmission control lever to the neutral position.

• Set the parking brake.

• Turn the ignition key to the START position.

• The starter motor SHOULD work.

Move the transmission control lever to forward gear.

• Set the parking brake.

• Turn the ignition key to the START position.

• The starter motor SHOULD work.

Check the back-up alarm • Make sure the area around the engine is clear and that no one is very near it.

• Set the parking brake.

• Fully press the “inching” pedal (only for models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission).

• Move the transmission control lever from 1st gear to reverse.

NOTE: The back-up alarm SHOULD sound.

• For further information about operation of the “inching” pedal (only for models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission), see page Clutch pedal potentiometer - Operating Direct Drive - Inching Pedal.

2-28

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safty Precautions (Utility lines) NOTICE: Safety precautions must be taken when working near buried or overhead utility lines, such as electrical power cables, communication cables (phone, Internet, TV), gas pipes, water pipes, sewer pipes, or others.

NOTICE: Before you begin any machine operation, it is your responsibility to be aware of all possible utility lines in the area of your project and to avoid them. Ask local authorities and utility companies for the demarcation and location of their underground lines.

NOTICE: Check with local authorities for laws, regulations, and/or strict penalties that require you to locate and avoid existing utility lines. Keep the minimum distance from underground utility lines that is required by law.

NOTE: After you locate any buried utility lines, carefully dig a hole to the utility line to verify the location and depth of the line.

NOTE: Assess in advance the location in which the machine will be operating. Make sure that the operating site is large enough to move and operate the machine.

Special precautions with electrical power lines NOTICE: Contact with suspended power lines can cause burns or death by electrocution. Make sure that there is enough space between the machine and suspended power lines.

Before you drive or operate the machine in areas with high-voltage lines and cables, or power stations, check the following procedures: • Pay attention to overhead high voltage lines and hanging obstacles.

• Retract raised or extended implements, if necessary.

• Remove or lower radio antennas or other accessories.

• Check and make sure to comply with any local regulations that may be applicable.

• Wet ground will expand the area that could cause electrical shock.

• Keep all people and employees away from the work area.

• Serious injury or death can occur if you do not keep the machine or accessories a safe distance from power lines.

High voltage lines require a significant distance to ensure safe operation of the machine (see table below).

VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 50000 V or less 50000 – 200000 V 200000 – 350000 V 350000 – 500000 V 500000 – 750000 V 750000 V or more

SAFETY DISTANCE 3.0 m (10.0 ft) 4.5 m (14.8 ft) 5.0 m (16.4 ft) 7.5 m (24.6 ft) 10.5 m (34.4 ft) 13.5 m (44.3 ft)

If any part of the machine touches the high voltage power lines: • Stop the machine movement immediately.

• Engage the parking brake, stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition switch.

• Check if you can safely leave the cab or your actual position without contact with electrical wires. If not, stay in your position and call for help.

• If you can leave your position without touching electrical lines, jump clear of the machine, making sure you do not make contact with the ground and the machine at the same time.

• Do not allow anyone to touch the machine until the electrical power has been shut off to the power lines.

2-29

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Operating precautions (Stopping the machine) NOTICE: If you need to stop the machine for any reason, proceed as described below.

• Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

• Support the implements on the ground.

• Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles, whenever possible.

• Put all of the control levers in the neutral position.

NOTE: On sloped areas, park the machine with the wheels securely blocked. Position the machine perpendicular to the slope of the terrain. Make sure that there is no danger of unexpected movement.

• Put all switches in the off position.

• Let the engine run at idle speed for 5 min if the engine is operated at maximum load NOTE: This procedure will cool off the engine components in a uniform manner.

• Park the machine in an area outside of the work site and without traffic, whenever possible.

NOTE: If that is not possible, provide appropriate flags, barriers, lighting and other appropriate signals, as required, to properly warn drivers traveling through the location.

NOTICE: Stopping the engine at a speed higher than idle will damage the turbocharger.

• Place the hand throttle fully forward in the “IDLE” position and shut down the engine.

• Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

NOTE: Never leave the machine unattended with the engine running.

• Set the park brake.

• Place a do not operate tag.

• Put the safety lever in the locked position.

• Before leaving the machine, close the windows, the cab door and all machine component access doors.

2-30

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Roll - over protective structure (ROPS) Cab protection NOTICE: Do not modify the Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS) in any way. Unauthorized modifications, such as welding operations, punctures or cuts, make the ROPS weaker and reduce the level of protection. Go to an authorized dealer to replace the ROPS if it is damaged or if damage occurs. NEVER TRY TO REPAIR THE ROPS. Failure to comply with these recommendations could result in death or serious injury.

NOTE: Your machine is equipped with safety systems certified to protect the operator's cab, ROPS or FOPS. The ROPS is a rollover protective structure.

The FOPS is a falling object protective structure. The FOPS may be a cab frame or a two-posted or four-posted frame used for the protection of the operator to minimize the possibility of serious injury.

The protective structure, the mounting supports and the securing elements on the machine are integral parts of the ROPS or FOPS. The protective structures are special safety components of your machine.

Use of the ROPS and FOPS is essential when operating where there is a danger of falling rocks or debris or when there is a danger of frontal impacts with objects that could penetrate the operator's cab. If the machine was not originally equipped with ROPS or FOPS cab protections, you can contact an Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer to request installation of the cab protections.

NOTICE: Do NOT connect any device to the protective structure for purposes of lifting the cab or towing the machine. DO NOT weld, drill or attempt to straighten or repair protection structures. Any type of modification could influence the structural integrity of the safety system, jeopardizing its effect, with serious consequences for the operator, in case of collision, falling objects or landslides.

NOTICE: After a fire, corrosion or collisions, any possible damage to the cab protective structure must be carefully evaluated by specialized and qualified technicians.

In any case, all damaged parts must be replaced by genuine spare parts, so that the original conditions are reinstated. Contact an Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer to check the proper function of the cab structure or if you need to replace all or parts of the structure.

2-31

COIL14GRD0188BA

1

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Identification plate The machine has an ROPS certification plate with its serial number, gross weight, approval numbers, regulation numbers and machine model number.

The plate is located on the cab frame, behind the operator, on the right-hand side.

COIL14GRD0218BA

2

Seatbelt NOTICE: Securely fasten the seat belt. Your machine is equipped with an ROPS cab, an ROPS canopy or an ROPS frame for your protection. The seat belt can help assure your safety if it is properly used and maintained. Never use a seat belt if it is loose or has slack.

Failure to comply with these recommendations could result in death or serious injury.

The seat belt is an integral part of the protection system and must always be used during operation of the machine.

The operator must remain in the operator's seat, inside the cab, in order for the protective system to work correctly.

NOTE: To ensure that the operator is suitably protected, seat belts must be used and preserved as recommended.

NH0193

2-32

3

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Wheels and tires – (Safety precautions) DANGER Explosion hazard!

Welding to a wheel can create an explosive air and gas mixture. Removing air from the tire or loosening the tire on the wheel (breaking the bead) will NOT eliminate the hazard. ALWAYS remove the tire completely from the wheel before welding.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

D0033A

WARNING Explosion hazard!

When inflating tires, use a clip-on air chuck with a gauge, remote valve, and hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the wheel assembly. Keep others out of the DANGER AREA. Never inflate a tire beyond the maximum allowable pressure printed on the tire.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0059A

WARNING Explosion hazard!

Always maintain correct tire pressure as indicated in this manual. DO NOT inflate tires above the recommended pressure. Excessive pressure could result in tire failure.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0109A

2-33

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Wheel and tire maintenance • Use an air hose with remote shutoff valve and a metered extension and keep away from the tire while inflating it to avoid the possibility of injury due to separation between the tire and the rim, etc.

• An explosion that separates the parts of the tire and/or rim assembly could cause injury or death.

• Whenever you need to perform maintenance on a tire, leave it to a qualified tire repair specialist.

• DO NOT perform any welding on the wheel or rim with the tire fitted. The welding operation could cause the formation of an explosive air/gas mixture that will be flammable at high temperatures. This could happen with either filled or empty tires.

• It is not enough to empty the tire or remove the bead.

The tire MUST BE completely removed from the rim before performing any welding work on the rim.

• A tire can explode during inflation and cause serious injuries or death. Never fill the tire with air pressure greater than that given in this manual to force the seating of the bead above the rim.

• Replace a faulty tire.

• Replace a wheel whose rim has cracks, wear or severe corrosion.

• Make sure that all the air is removed from a time before removing it from the rim.

• Never try to force the removal of a fully or partially inflated tire.

• Make sure the tire is correctly seated before filling it (inflating).

NOTE: The illustration shows the danger areas when there is an explosion in the tires and/or rim parts. Both you and others must stay outside the DANGER AREAS.

2-34

COIL15WEL0026BA

1

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety Decals WARNING Avoid injury!

Make sure decals are perfectly legible. Clean decals regularly. Replace all damaged, missing, painted over, or illegible decals. See your dealer for replacement decals. When replacing parts bearing decals, be sure to put new decals on each new part.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0229A

The safety decals placed on your machine are a guide for your safety and that of those involved in the work operation of the machine.

Before you start the work operations, walk around the machine. Note the content, the location, and the meaning of all of the safety decals.

Make sure you understand all safety signs indicated on the decals.

Keep safety decals clean and legible. Clean the safety decals with a soft cloth, water and gentle detergent. Do not use solvents, gasoline, or other chemicals to clean the safety decals. Such products may damage or remove the decals, which compromises their visibility and the safety of everyone involved in the work.

Replace all safety decals that are damaged, illegible or missing. If a safety decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure a new safety decal is installed on the new part. See your Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer to obtain new safety decals.

This chapter only covers decals relating to the safety, operation, and maintenance of the machine. For information about all decals for the machine, see an Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer or the parts catalog for your machine.

Refer to Operator's Manual Decals that display the symbol to the side are intended to direct the operator to read the “Operator's Manual” to obtain further information about maintenance, adjustments, and procedures related to specific sectors of the machine.

BRIL12MG0229A0A

1

BRIL12MG0230A0A

2

See the repair manual Decals that display the symbol to the side are intended to direct the operator to read the “Repair Manual” to obtain further information about maintenance, adjustments, and procedures related to specific sectors of the machine.

2-35

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

1 – "Use seat belt" decal Use the seat belt. Avoid crushing. Do not jump if the machine tips. Failure to comply with these recommendations could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 French – 124269A1 Spanish – 75325048 English – 75325049 Portuguese – 75325047

75325049A

3

This safety decal is located on the left-hand side window, on the inside of the cab.

COIL14GRD0187BA

2-36

4

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

2 – "Ignition switch" decal Indicates the activation positions of the ignition switch.

Quantity: 1 French – 84549308 Spanish – 84549306 English – 84549304 Portuguese – 84549302

84549304A

5

This safety decal is located on the left-hand side window, on the inside of the cab.

COIL14GRD0187BA

2-37

6

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

3 – "Cab door lock" decal Before moving the machine, lock the cab doors in the fully closed or open position.

Quantity: 2 French – 84513359 Spanish – 75325123 English – 75325122 Portuguese – 75325020

75325122A

7

This informational decal is located on the inside of the left-hand and right-hand cab doors.

COIL14GRD0188BA

2-38

8

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

4 – "Read the operator's manual" decal Carefully read the operator's manual prior to starting the motor, operating, servicing, refuelling or carrying out any other work on the machine.

Quantity: 1 French – 333999A2 Spanish – 75325027 English – 75325028 Portuguese – 75325026

75325028A

9

This informational decal is located on the right-hand side window, on the inside of the cab.

COIL14GRD0192BA

2-39

10

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

5 – "Instructions for starting the engine" decal Follow the instructions to start the engine.

Quantity: 1 French – 84513330 Spanish – 75324999 English – 75325000 Portuguese – 75324998

75325000A

11

This informational decal is located on the right-hand side window, on the inside of the cab.

COIL14GRD0192BA

2-40

12

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

6 – "Engine speed control" decal Indicates the position of the control lever to increase or decrease the rotation of the engine.

Quantity: 1 75254779

75254779

13

This informational decal is located on the right-hand side window, on the inside of the cab.

COIL14GRD0192BA

2-41

14

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

7 – "Ignition switch positions" label Indicates the activation positions of the ignition switch.

Quantity: 1 84549311

84549311A

15

This label is located in on the circle side shift lever.

COIL14GRD0274AA

2-42

16

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

8 – "Pressurized system" decal Pressurized system. Release the system's internal pressure before servicing. Only refill the system with nitrogen. Failure to comply with these recommendations could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 3 French – 344012A1 Spanish – 75325024 English – 75325025 Portuguese – 75325023 75325025A

17

This safety decal is located on the mounting frame of the operator's seat.

COIL14GRD0155BA

18

COIL14GRD0194BA

19

This safety decal is located on the left-hand side and right-hand side of the rear chassis frame.

2-43

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

9 – "Crush hazard" decal This decal highlights the risk of being crushed by the machine. Keep away from the machine. Failure to comply with this recommendation could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 10 French – 84513328 Spanish – 391266A1 English – 283609A1 Portuguese – 391267A1

283609A1A

20

This safety decal is located on the left-hand side and right-hand side of the front chassis frame.

COIL14GRD0196AA

21

COIL14GRD0196AA

22

This safety decal is located on the left-hand side and right-hand side of the circle blade.

2-44

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

This safety decal is located on the left-hand and right-hand blade lift cylinders.

COIL14GRD0196AA

23

COIL14GRD0209AA

24

COIL14GRD0281BA

25

This safety decal is located on the left-hand side and right-hand side of the rear ripper (if equipped).

This safety decal is located on the left-hand side and right-hand side of the front ripper (if equipped).

2-45

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

10 – "Run over hazard" decal This decal highlights the risk of being run over by the machine. Keep away from the machine. Failure to comply with this recommendation could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 2 French – 84513337 Spanish – 75259391 English – 75259367 Portuguese – 75259383 75259367A

26

This safety decal is located on the mounting panel of the rear ripper (if equipped).

COIL14GRD0218BA

27

COIL14GRD0211AB

28

This safety decal is located on the rear ripper (if equipped).

2-46

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

11 – "Crush hazard" decal This decal indicates the risk of being crushed by the machine. Engage the safety latch before you perform maintenance or transport the machine. Failure to comply with this recommendation could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 French – 84513346 Spanish – 75259387 English – 75259377 Portuguese – 75259382

75259377A

29

This safety decal is located on the right-hand frame below the cab, near the blade articulation cylinder.

COIL14GRD0196BA

2-47

30

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

12 – "Crush hazard" decal This decal highlights the risk of being crushed by the machine. Keep away from the machine. Failure to comply with this recommendation could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 2 French – 334577A1 Spanish – 334576A1 English – 323694A1 Portuguese – 334575A1

323694A1A

31

This safety decal is located on the left-hand side and right-hand side of the front chassis frame.

COIL14GRD0196AA

2-48

32

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

13 – "Do not step" decal Do not step or lean on this surface. Failure to follow this recommendation may result in serious injury.

Quantity: 4 French – 84513350 Spanish – 75325778 English – 75325777 Portuguese – 75325776

75325777A

33

This safety decal is located on the inside of the left-hand and right-hand side covers of the engine compartment.

COIL14GRD0178BA

2-49

34

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

14 – "Hoist point" decal Use a steel cable or chain with sufficient lifting capacity for this machine in the recommended position. The fixing elements should be secured in this location when the machine is to be lifted. Non-compliance with these instructions may result in serious injuries or death.

Quantity: 4 73163135

73163135

35

This safety decal is located on the left-hand and right-hand ends of the front chassis.

COIL14GRD0175AA

36

COIL14GRD0190AA

37

This safety decal is located on the left-hand and right-hand ends of the rear frame.

2-50

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

15 – "Fuel tank filling nozzle" decal This decal indicates the correct location for filling the fuel tank.

Quantity: 1 73163151

73163151

38

This safety decal is located near the right-hand side cover of the engine compartment.

COIL14GRD0194BA

39

16 – "Entanglement hazard" decal This decal indicates the risk of entanglement with rotating parts of the engine. Keep clear or shut down the engine to service. Failure to comply with this recommendation could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 2 French – 388157A1 Spanish – 388158A1 English – 388112A1 Portuguese – 388159A1 388112A1A

40

This safety decal is located on the left-hand and right-hand side covers of the engine compartment.

COIL14GRD0194BA

2-51

41

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

17 – "Maintenance information" decal – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission and AWD) This decal indicates machine maintenance intervals.

Quantity: 1 48097857

48097857_A2

42

This safety decal is located on the left-hand frame below the cab, near the blade articulation cylinder.

COIL14GRD0188BA

2-52

43

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

18 – "Rotating parts" decal Rotating parts can cause serious injuries. Keep clear of rotating parts such as fans, belts and pulleys when the engine is running. Stop the engine before performing any maintenance work on the machine.

Quantity: 2 French – 334033A1 Spanish – 334034A1 English – 332512A1 Portuguese – 334035A1

332512A1A

44

This safety decal is located on the engine compartment on the left-hand side and right-hand side, near the engine cooling system fan.

COIL14GRD0226AA

2-53

45

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

19 – "Burn hazard" decal Hot components can cause serious burns. Keep away from the machine when the engine is running. Turn off the engine and wait until all of the machine components are cool before performing any maintenance work on the machine. Failure to follow these recommendations may result in serious injury.

Quantity: 2 French – 84513342 Spanish – 75259392 English – 75259376 Portuguese – 75259385 75259376A

46

This safety decal is located on the left-hand side and right-hand side of the hydraulic fluid reservoir.

47

COIL14GRD0174BA

20 – "Coolant overflow tank pressurized" decal Liquid under pressure. Wait for the system to cool before removing the cap from the reservoir. At operating temperature, the coolant can cause burns if it comes into contact with the skin. Failure to comply with this recommendation could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 French – 334663A1 Spanish – 334664A1 English – 329044A1 Portuguese – 334665A1 329044A1A

48

This safety decal is located at the top of the hydraulic fluid reservoir.

COIL14GRD0185BA

2-54

49

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

21 – "Hydraulic fluid reservoir pressurized" decal Prior to performing maintenance work on the hydraulic fluid reservoir, release the pressure inside the reservoir by pressing the bleed button located on the hydraulic fluid reservoir. The hydraulic fluid, at operating temperature, can cause burns in case of contact with the skin.

Quantity: 1 French – 336010A1 Spanish – 336011A1 English – 335889A1 Portuguese – 336009A1

335889A1A

50

This safety decal is located at the top of the hydraulic fluid reservoir.

COIL14GRD0185BA

2-55

51

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

22 – "Risk of unexpected movement" decal This decal indicates the risk of unexpected movement of the machine while starting the engine if the machine has the transmission engaged. Start the engine only from the operator seat with the machine transmission control in the neutral position. Failure to comply with these recommendations could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 French – 84513344 Spanish – 75259393 English – 75259368 Portuguese – 75259384

75259368A

52

This safety decal is located on the hydraulic fluid reservoir.

COIL14GRD0176AA

2-56

53

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

23 – "Risk of explosion and run over" decal This decal indicates the risk of explosion and run over while starting the engine with booster batteries. Refer to the operator's manual before performing this procedure.

Failure to comply with this recommendation could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 2 French – 412473A1 Spanish – 412474A1 English – 412471A1 Portuguese – 412475A1 412471A1A

54

This safety decal is located on the batteries.

COIL14GRD0177BA

2-57

55

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

24 – “Positioning of fuses and relays” decal (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) This decal indicates the position of the fuses and relays installed in the side console fuse compartment.

Quantity: 1 47494056

47494056

56

This informational decal is located on the cover of the side console.

COIL14GRD0162AA

2-58

57

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

25 – "Positioning of fuses and relays" decal This decal indicates the position of the fuses and relays installed in the steering column fuse compartment.

Quantity: 1 84296875

84296875

58

This safety decal is located under the steering column cover.

COIL14GRD0189AA

2-59

59

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

26 – "Do not weld" decal This decal indicates the risk of damage to the electronics if the connectors are not disconnected before welding operations on the machine.

Quantity: 1 French – 84513357 Spanish – 75324206 English – 75324121 Portuguese – 75324126

75324121A

60

This safety decal is located in the transmission module compartment.

COIL14GRD0136AA

2-60

61

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

27 – “Transmission emergency” decal This decal indicates the position of the transmission module connectors.

Quantity: 1 French – 84513355 Spanish – 75325128 English – 75325126 Portuguese – 75325127

75325126A

62

This safety decal is located in the transmission module compartment.

COIL14GRD0136AA

63

28 – "Cooling system" label This label indicates the ratio of fluids used in the engine cooling system.

Quantity: 1 French – 84512283 Spanish – 73120273 English – 73109097 Portuguese – 87351006

73109097A

64

This safety decal is located next to the engine cooling system reservoir.

COIL14GRD0174AA

2-61

65

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Hand signals NOTICE: It is recommended that both you and the signaler use hand signals to communicate with each other. Before starting work, check that you both properly understand the signals that you will be using.

Turn the engine on

BRIL12SP0310A0A

1

BRIL12SP0311A0A

2

BRIL12SP0312A0A

3

BRIL12SP0313A0A

4

turn of the engine

Move toward me Move the hands forward and backward with the palms toward the signaler.

Keep back Move the hands forward and backward with the palms toward the operator.

2-62

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Move this far

BRIL12SP0314A0A

5

BRIL12SP0315A0A

6

BRIL12SP0379A0A

7

BRIL12SP0380A0A

8

Stop completely and wait

Stop Move one hand from one side to the other

Emergency stop Quickly move both hands from one side to the other.

2-63

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Raise the implement

BRIL12SP0381A0A

9

Lower the implement

BRIL12SP0382A0A

10

BRIL12MG0022A0A

11

BRIL12MG0023A0A

12

Slowly raise the equipment

Slowly lower the equipment

2-64

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Turn the machine to the left (Tilt the blade to the left) To stop the movement, stop the movement of your hand.

Then make a fist.

BRIL12SP0383A0A

13

BRIL12SP0384A0A

14

Turn the machine to the right (Tilt the blade to the right) To stop the movement, stop the movement of your hand.

Then make a fist.

2-65

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

2-66

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS###_3_### ACCESS TO OPERATOR'S PLATFORM

Machine access The cab offers maximum operator comfort in any environmental condition.

(1). Outside handle.

COIL14GRD0166BA

1

COIL14GRD0152AA

2

(2). Inside handle 1. Use the handle to open the door.

2. To keep the door open while the machine is running, or during cab maintenance service, open the door until the automatic locking device activates.

3. To unlock, activate the door release lever.

3-1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

(3). Door release lever

3-2

COIL14GRD0155AA

3

COIL14GRD0156BA

4

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

(4). Toggling lower window lock lever (optional)

3-3

COIL14GRD0197AA

5

COIL14GRD0199AA

6

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

OPERATOR'S SEAT

Dynamic description – (Operator’s seat) NOTICE: When the terms right-hand and left-hand are used in this manual, the point of reference is the operator station (seat) in a position to drive the machine, looking forward.

NOTE: Some of the descriptions that follow refer to optional items. See your Authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer about the options available for your machine.

Models equipped with transmission“Direct Drive” To better facilitate reading and comprehension of the commands and instruments of this machine, we separate them into groups, according to the adjacent figure.

1. Set of implement control hand levers (left-hand side).

Set of implement control hand levers (right-hand side).

2. Steering wheel, front console, instrument panel (digital), pedals, ignition key and front console fuse box.

3. Lateral console fuse box, manual throttle command lever, transmission command lever, switch panel and power take-off.

4. Operator's seat.

5. Cab. 6. Park Brake

COIL14GRD0146CA

3-4

1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Shoulder belt CAUTION Roll-over hazard!

Securely fasten the seat belt. Your machine is equipped with an ROPS cab, an ROPS canopy or an ROPS frame for your protection. The seat belt can help assure your safety if it is properly used and maintained.

Never use a seat belt if it is loose or has slack.

Failure to comply with these recommendations could result in death or serious injury.

1. Pull the seat belt from the retractor. Insert the tongue into the left-hand buckle.

NOTE: Make sure the end of the belt is securely fastened to the buckle. Do not remove the right-hand buckle.

BRIL12MG0179A0A

1

BRIL12MG0181A0A

2

2. To release it, press the red button on the buckle.

Due to specific laws, in some locations the machine will be equipped with 76 mm (3 in) seat belts.

3-5

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Operator’s seat – (Standard with manual adjustment) (1) Lumbar adjustment knob Turn the knob clockwise to increase the lumbar support.

Turn the knob to decrease the lumbar support.

(2) Armrest controls Turn the knob to raise or lower the armrest to the desired position.

NOTE: Each armrest is hinged and you can point it upward.

BRIL12MG0175A0A

1

BRIL12MG0176A0A

2

(3) Backrest tilt adjustment lever Pull the lever upward to release the backrest and move it into the desired position. Release the lever to lock the backrest in position.

(4) Sliding adjustment lever Push this lever back and adjust the position of the seat forward or backward. Release the lever to lock the seat in position.

(5) Weight adjustment knob To adjust the seat suspension according to your weight, you need to pull the handle out to release it and turn it clockwise to increase the load supported by the seat or counter-clockwise to decrease the load supported by the seat.

(6) Height adjustment Pull this lever up to raise or lower the seat. Release the lever to lock the seat in the determined positions.

3-6

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Operator’s seat – (Optional with air suspension) (1) Lumbar adjustment knob Turn the knob clockwise to increase the lumbar support and turn it the other way to reduce the lumbar support.

(2) Armrest controls Turn the knob to raise or lower the armrest to the desired position.

NOTE: Each armrest is hinged and you can point it upward.

BRIL12MG0175A0A

1

BRIL12MG0177A0A

2

(3) Backrest tilt adjustment lever Pull the lever upward to release the backrest and move it into the desired position. Release the lever to lock the backrest in position.

(4) Sliding adjustment lever Push this lever backward and adjust the seat position forward or backward. Release the lever to lock the seat in position.

(5) Seat heigh adjustment • Automatic adjustment: With the operator seated in the seat, push and release the lever. The seat will automatically rise and will adjust to the pressure for the best condition, based on the operator's weight • Manual adjustment: The seat can be raised or lowered through increase or decrease of air pressure. Pull the lever up to increase the pressure and raise the seat.

Push the lever down to decrease the pressure and raise the seat.

(6) Seat height lever Pull the lever up and move the seat into the desired position. Release the lever to lock the seat in position.

(7) Seat tilt lever Pull the lever upward and move the seat into the desired position. Release the lever to lock the seat in position.

3-7

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

(8) Shock absorber lever The seat damper adjustment lever has 4 positions from hard to soft. This adjustment can be made by turning the smaller end of the lever toward the outside of the seat.

BRIL12MG0178A0A

3-8

3

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

FORWARD CONTROLS

Control levers of implements Levers to the left of the steering wheel (1) Control lever of the blade left-hand lift cylinder This lever is used to lower or lift the left-hand end of the blade. Move the lever forward to lower or backward to lift the left-hand end of the blade. After reaching the desired height, release the lever so that it returns to the neutral position.

(2) Ripper or front blade lever This is used to lower or life the ripper, to achieve the desired penetration. To lower the ripper, move the lever forward. To raise, pull back. Upon reaching the desired height, release the lever.

COIL14GRD0206AA

1

COIL14GRD0206AA

2

COIL14GRD0206AA

3

(3) Blade side shift lever This lever allows the blade to shift to the right or to the left.

Push the lever forward to shift the blade to the left or pull it back to shift it to the right. After moving the blade to the desired position, release the lever so that it returns to the neutral position.

(4) Blade tilt lever This lever allows the blade to tilt forward or backward.

Push the lever forward (increase) or pull it back (decrease) the angle of approach. After reaching the desired angle, release the lever so that it returns to the neutral position.

(5) Circle rotation lever This lever is used to rotate the circle clockwise and counter-clockwise.

Move the lever forward to rotate the circle counter-clockwise or back to rotate it clockwise. After reaching the desired position, release the lever so that it returns to the neutral position.

3-9

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Levers to the right of the steering wheel (6) Circle side shift lever This lever is used to shift to the circle to the right or to the left. Move the lever forward to shift the circle to the left, and backward to shift the circle to the right. After moving the circle to the desired position, release the lever so that it returns to the neutral position.

(7) Machine articulation lever Move the lever forward (articulation to the left) or backward (articulation to the right) until reaching the desired angle of articulation. Release the lever to return it to neutral.

COIL14GRD0275AA

4

COIL14GRD0275AA

5

COIL14GRD0264AA

6

(8) Front wheel tilt lever The front wheel tilt lever inclines the wheels to the right or left while maintaining stability for levelling or opening ditches, and facilitating or decreasing the turning radius of the machine. Move the lever forwards to tilt the wheels to the left, and backwards to tilt them to the right. After reaching the desired position, release the lever so that it returns to the neutral position.

(9) Control lever of the blade right-hand lift cylinder This lever is used to lower or lift the right-hand end of the blade. Move the lever forward to lower or backward to lift the right-hand end of the blade. After reaching the desired height, release the lever so that it returns to the neutral position.

(10) Hazard Lights

Activate this signal whenever the machine is in situations that present danger.

3-10

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Controls front (1) Lever for position and working, high and low beam, horn and turn signals (2) Steering wheel (3) Steering wheel tilt lever (4) Front console (above the steering wheel) (5) Front console (below the steering wheel) (6) Instrument panel

COIL14GRD0264AA

1

COIL14GRD0153AA

2

COIL14GRD0203AA

3

COIL14GRD0266AB

4

(7) “inching” pedal (8) Console tilt pedal (9) Brake pedal (10) Throttle/decelerator pedal (11) Front console fuse and relay compartment (under the steering column cover).

For more information about the brake pedals of the throttle and decelerator and the console tilt, see page 3-15.

For more information about the “inching” pedal, see page Clutch pedal potentiometer - Operating Direct Drive Inching Pedal.

(12) Ignition switch

Left lever • Parking lights: Turn the light switcher at the end of the turn signal lever one position.

• Working lights: Turn the light switcher at the end of the turn signal lever two positions.

3-11

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

• High beams: Move the lever to the (13) position, one position (with the light switcher turned to the "ON" position) and the high beams will turn on. Move the lever up to the top position momentarily and release it (with the light switcher turned to the "ON" position) and the high beams will flash, returning to the low beam position.

• Low beams: Move the lever to the (14) position, two positions (with the light switcher turned to the "ON" position) and the low beams will turn on.

• Horn: Press the end of the lever in the (15) position to sound the horn.

BRIL12MG0288A0A

5

BRIL12MG0289A0A

6

To activate the right turn signals, push the lever forward in the (16) position.

To activate the left turn signals, pull the lever backward in the (17) position.

3-12

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Steering column Driving wheel The steering wheel is attached on an orbitrol unit. The orbitrol is a combination of valve and oil pump, and is responsible for supplying oil to the steering cylinders.

Steering wheel tilt lever The steering wheel as well as the console can be tilted by a lever to obtain an operating position most appropriate for the operator.

Release the lever shown in the image to the side and adjust the position of the steering wheel forward or backward in order to drive the machine comfortably. Tighten the lever again, making sure the steering wheel does not move.

COIL14GRD0275BA

3-13

1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Front console

COIL14GRD0203AA

1

1. Left-hand main blade float switch This switch is an on/off switch. This switch allows you to activate or deactivate the left-hand main blade float. To activate the float, put the switch in the on position, and to deactivate it, move the switch to the off position.

2. Front blade float switch (optional) This is an on/off switch and allows the front blade float to be activated or deactivated.

To activate the front blade float, put the switch in the on position. To deactivate the blade float, move the switch to the off position.

3. Cylinder accumulator switch (optional) This is an on/off switch, allowing the lockout function of the main blade lifting cylinders to be activated or deactivated.

To activate the lockout function of the main blade lifting cylinders, put the switch in the on position. To deactivate the lockout function of the main blade lifting cylinders, move the switch to the off position.

4. Diff - Lock Switch This is an on/off switch and allows the differential lock to be activated or deactivated.

To activate the differential lock, put the switch in the on position. To deactivate the differential lock, move the switch to the off position.

5. Hazard lights switch This is an on/off switch, allowing the hazard lights to be activated.

To activate the hazard lights, put the switch in the on position. To turn off the hazard lights, move the switch to the off position.

6. Right-hand main blade float switch This switch is an on/off switch. This switch allows you to activate or deactivate the right-hand main blade float. To activate the float, put the switch in the on position, and to deactivate it, move the switch to the off position.

7. Multi-function LCD display navigation key pad This key pad is used to move the liquid crystal display (LCD) from one screen to another, choose various selections, monitor the machine functions, and retrieve information.

3-14

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Drive pedal – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) Front console tilt pedal The console can be adjusted for operator comfort.

Press the pedal, position the console as desired, and then release the pedal.

COIL14GRD0114AA

1

COIL14GRD0112AA

2

COIL14GRD0112AA

3

Brake pedal Press the pedal to activate the grader.

NOTE: This pedal activates the service brake.

NOTICE: Do not descend steep slopes using only the service brake. Lower the gear and apply the brakes. Select a lower gear, allowing full control of the machine. This will prevent the engine speed from raising too much and the brakes overheating, providing increased component life.

Throttle and decelerator pedal This pedal is connected to the engine throttle control.

To throttle the engine, press the front part of the pedal.

To decelerate, press the back part of the pedal.

When the pedal is released, engine speed control returns to the manual acceleration system.

3-15

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

“Inching” pedal This pedal helps the operator move the machine under load, with smooth and precise speed control.

NOTE: The “inching” pedal should not be used continuously for speed control and traction for more than 25 m (82.0 ft).

Fully pressing the “inching” control pedal activates the switch that places the transmission in neutral.

Once the “inching” pedal is gently released to the fully released position (upwards), the pressure to the clutch pack (for gear in use) is gradually increased, thus allowing the machine to start its movement.

COIL14GRD0112AA

3-16

4

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Fuses and relay box (1) Fuse and relay box on the front console (ECE)

COIL14GRD0153AA

1

COIL14GRD0189AA

2

Fuse and relay box on the front console, on the steering column (ECE).

3-17

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Key start switch The ignition switch is located on the side of the steering column. It is a rotary switch that can only be activated with the ignition key. It has 4 (four) positions.

NOTICE: When shutting down the machine, make sure to put the ignition switch in the “OFF” position (Off). Be careful not to leave the ignition switch in the "ACC" position (Accessories). In this position, the electrical circuits of the accessories will be powered and after a long period it may run down the batteries.

COIL14GRD0203AA

1

BRIL12MG0157A0A

2

(1) ACC - Accessories: In this position, certain circuits like the wipers and the lamps are powered.

NOTICE: Never leave the ignition switch in the ACC position with the engine shut down.

(2) OFF - Off: In this position, all the circuits are shut down.

(3) IGN - On: In this position, all the machine's circuits are engaged.

(4) START - Start: In this position, the start-up circuits are activated.

3-18

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Sun visor (1): Front sun visor (2): Front sun visor release lever

COIL14GRD0263AA

1

BRIL12MG0194A0A

2

(3): Rear sun visor (4): Rear sun visor release lever

3-19

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Transmission calibration – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) To calibrate the transmission, proceed as follows: 1. Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2. Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3. Run the machine to warm the transmission fluid 70 – 80 °C (158 – 176 °F).

4. Place the transmission control lever in NEUTRAL. 5. Set the parking brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

ALLX16LCD0014AA

2

ALLX16LCD0015AA

3

6. To exit the “Deseng.Park” screen, throttle the engine above 1500 RPM for a few seconds.

NOTE: After the throttle goes back to idle speed, the panel will be unlocked.

7. With the engine running at idle, enter the service screen menu and scroll to “Config”.

8.

Use down arrow button to scroll to the “Clutch Calib.” option; press the “Confirm” key.

NOTE: Always follow the screen prompts.

9.

If an error occurs, use the “Esc” key to start over.

NOTE: The screen will display a confirmation message.

10. If you do not have security to perform this operation, press the “Esc” key and get help from your CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

3-20

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

11. If conditions are incorrect, an error message will appear.

NOTE: The calibration procedure will not completed.

12. Follow the prompts to aid in correcting any machine conditions.

13. The screen may show the following messages to guide the user in correcting some machine conditions: ○ Not in neutral ○ Parking brake off ○ Machine in motion

ALLX16LCD0016AA

○ Fluid temperature very low ○ Fluid temperature very high ○ Engine RPM too low ○ Engine RPM too high 14. If conditions are correct, the operator or technician will see six calibration screens displayed.

15. They will be displayed in this order: ○ K1 setup ○ K2 setup ○ K3 setup ○ K4 setup ○ KV setup ○ KR setup ○ WK setup (Lock-up) NOTE: Once the process is completed, this screen will direct the operator or technician to turn off the ending and re-start it.

NOTE: If the process is not completed, the operator or technician will be required to exit the screen.

3-21

4

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

LEFT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS

Parking brake – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) Parking brake lever (1).

The parking brake is engaged manually.

When the lever is pulled up, its gear system provides a total or partial brake (the brake lever system also allows other power drive positions).

To unlock, pull the lever up slightly, press the release button (2) and push the lever down.

BRIL12MG0180A0A

3-22

1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS

Right console – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) Side console (Models with “Direct Drive” transmission) (1) Hand throttle command lever (2) Transmission control lever (3) Fuse and relay box on the lateral console (4) Switch panel (5) 12 V auxiliary electrical outlet (6) 24 V auxiliary electrical outlet

COIL14GRD0149AA

3-23

1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Fuses and Relays Fuse and relay box on the side console Fuse and relay box (side console).

For identification of the position of each fuse, on machines equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission, see page 7-107.

3-24

BRIL12MG0200B0A

1

BRIL12MG0159A0A

2

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Switches and controls – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission and AWD)

COIL14GRD0076FB

1

Side console The side console allows the operator to make adjustments to machine operation and functions. It also houses the climate control system.

1.

SADDLE LOCK SWITCH This switch activates and deactivates the saddle lock function and is equipped with a safety lock. To release the saddle lock, move the safety lock back and press the bottom of the switch. The saddle will be released. To lock the saddle again, press the top of the switch. The safety lock will automatically lock in this position.

2.

RIPPER SWITCH (OPTIONAL) This switch selects the use of the ripper of the ripper scarifier or the scarifier and is equipped with a safety lock.

This switch activates the solenoid valve that sends hydraulic oil to the ripper or scarifier cylinders.

To activate the ripper, move the safety lock back and press the bottom of the switch. To deactivate the ripper, press the bottom of the switch. The safety lock will automatically lock in this position.

3.

LOWER FRONT WASHER/WIPER SWITCH (OPTIONAL) Press the top of the switch and put it in the central position to turn on the wiper.

Press the top of the switch once more to activate the washer.

4.

REAR WIPER SWITCH (OPTIONAL) Press the top of the switch to turn on the wiper.

5.

REAR WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH (OPTIONAL) Press the top of the switch to activate the washer.

3-25

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

6.

FRONT WASHER/WIPER SWITCH WITH TIMER OFF: The switch is in the OFF position.

INTERMITTENT: Press the switch to the first position. There are six speed positions for the intermittent wiper.

LOW SPEED: Position the switch forward until the wiper operates continuously at low speed.

HIGH SPEED: Position the switch forward for the high wiper speed.

WASH: Press the front of the switch to activate the washer.

7.

CAB FRONT HEADLIGHTS SWITCH Press the top of the switch to activate the cab front headlights. Press the bottom of the switch to turn off the cab front headlights.

8.

BLADE WORK LIGHTS SWITCH (OPTIONAL) This switch activates the blade work lights.

Press the top of the switch to turn on the blade work lights (front/rear). Press the bottom of the switch to turn off the blade work lights.

9.

CAB TAIL LIGHTS SWITCH In the central position, the tail lights are turned off. Press the switch back if you want the continued operation of the tail lights. Push the switch forward if you want to operate the lights, only when engaging reverse gear and whenever you are traveling with the machine on a public road.

10. FRONT BLADE HEADLIGHT SWITCH (OPTIONAL) Press the top of the switch to turn on the front blade work lights. Press the bottom of the switch to turn off the front blade work lights.

11. BEACON LIGHT SWITCH (OPTIONAL) Press the top of the switch to turn on the beacon lights. Press the bottom of the switch to turn off the beacon lights.

12. BLIND COVER 13. BLIND COVER 14. BLIND COVER 15. REAR WINDOW AND SIDE MIRRORS DEFROSTER SWITCH (OPTIONAL) Press the top of the switch to turn on the rear window and side mirrors defrosters. Once the windows defrost, press the top of the switch again to turn off the defrosters. The defroster running time is 20 minutes.

16. COME-HOME SWITCH This switch is used in case of a failure in the transmission control unit (ECU), to take the machine to the nearest workshop if immediate replacement of the unit is not possible.

Activation of this switch must be in conjunction with the connection of the X23 and X23A connectors. For more information, see “Come-Home” on page 6-3.

This is a 3-position switch: Forward, Neutral, and Reverse. It is necessary to put the switch in the neutral position, with the parking brake set, to crank the engine. Press the front of the switch, with the engine running, to drive the machine forward; press the back of the switch to drive the machine in reverse. The middle position is neutral.

3-26

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

17. COOLING FAN REVERSER SWITCH (OPTIONAL) This is a 3-position switch: 1st – Press the top of the switch for automatic reversal of the fan. (Reversal will happen automatically at predetermined intervals).

2nd – Keep the switch in the central position to shut down the automatic fan reverser mode.

3rd – To use the manual fan reverser mode, leave the engine running in idle speed or in neutral. Press and hold the bottom of the fan reverser switch and throttle the engine to maximum speed for at least 10 seconds or until the debris are out of the radiators. Return the engine to idle and then release the bottom of the fan reverser switch.

18. BLIND COVER 19. RIGHT DOOR WINDOW AND WINDSHIELD DEFROSTER FAN SWITCH (OPTIONAL) This switch activates the right door window fan and the windshield defroster fan.

Press the top of the switch to activate the cab fans. Press the bottom of the switch to turn off the can fans.

20. 12 V POWER OUTLET (OPTIONAL) The machine has a power outlet for accessories 12 V, located on the side console, on the switch panel. The power outlet provides electrical power (continuous current) when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “IGN” positions.

The maximum power rating of equipment that can be connected varies as shown below. Do not use equipment that exceeds the power indicated for the outlet.

• Power outlet on the switch panel: 12 V, 10 A ( 120 W).

• Avoid using this power outlet and the cigarette lighter at the same time.

NOTICE: • Do not try to use the cigarette lighter in the power outlets for accessories.

• Do not place foreign objects in the power outlet, especially metal objects like coins or pieces of aluminum foil.

These objects will lead to a short circuit, damaging the power outlet or the power circuit.

• Always place the power outlet protective cover when not in use.

• If you overloading the accessories power outlet, this can cause a short circuit. Do not use adapters or more than one piece of equipment at the same time.

• If the power connector of your equipment is too loose or too tight for the power outlet, there may be poor contact or the plug may get stuck. Only use accessories that are perfectly suited to the power outlets.

• If you use electrical equipment for a long time with the engine off, you may run down the battery.

21. 12 V CIGARETTE LIGHTER (OPTIONAL) The cigarette lighter works only with the ignition switch in the “ACC” or “IGN” positions. To use the cigarette lighter, press the button down fully and wait a few seconds. The lighter will automatically pop out when in conditions for use.

NOTICE: To prevent burns, do not hold the cigarette lighter near the heating resistor. This will prevent injuries and damage to the resistor.

3-27

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

22. (AWD) FRONT-WHEEL DRIVE CONTROLS The front-wheel drive controls are located at the upper left-hand corner of the switch panel.

Front-wheel drive – To engage front-wheel drive, press the switch on the right-hand side. To turn off front-wheel drive, press the switch again. When front-wheel drive is engaged, two green LEDs will light up on the side of the switch. Front-wheel drive (AWD) – To engage front-wheel drive, press the switch on the right-hand side. To turn off front-wheel drive, press the switch again. When front-wheel drive is engaged, two green LEDs will light up on the side of the switch.

NOTICE: To engage front-wheel drive, the machine must have the transmission engaged in any of the forward or reverse gears. Use front-wheel drive when working on slippery or low traction terrain.

CREEP MODE – To activate the “Creep Mode”, press the switch on the left-hand side. To turn off the “Creep Mode”, press the switch again. When the “Creep Mode” is activated, two green LEDs will illuminate on the side of the switch.

The “Creep Mode” should be used when you want to operate the machine at a speed less than the speed provided by the first gear of the transmission ( 1 – 5 km/h). When using the “Creep Mode”, the transmission is kept in neutral and only the front wheels will drive the machine.

NOTICE: To activate the “Creep Mode”, the gear selector lever should be in neutral, the engine at idle speed and the service and parking brake must be released.

NOTICE: When the “Creep Mode” is activated, the machine will move as soon as the accelerator pedal is pressed.

Be extremely careful when operating the machine in "Creep Mode" so as not to cause an accident.

For more information, refer to page 4-6

3-28

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Control levers – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) Throttle control lever The engine will be at low speed with the throttle lever all the way forward and will increase the speed when the lever is pulled back.

BRIL12MG0162A0A

1

BRIL12MG0163A0A

2

Gear change lever

3-29

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Auxiliary electrical outlet of 24V The machine has an auxiliary electrical outlet for accessories located in the side part of the console, below the climate controls. The auxiliary electrical outlet provides electricity (continuous current) from the batteries when the ignition switch is in the "ACC" or "IGN" positions.

The maximum power rating of equipment that can be connected varies as shown below. Do not use equipment that exceeds the power indicated for the outlet.

• Outlet on the side of the console, below the climate controls: Voltage Chain Horsepower

24 V 10 A 240 W

BRIL12MG0164A0A

NOTICE: Do not try to use the cigarette lighter in the power outlets for accessories.

NOTICE: Do not place foreign objects in the power outlet, especially metal objects like coins or pieces of aluminium foil. These objects will lead to a short circuit, damaging the power outlet or the power circuit. Always place the power outlet protective cover when it is not in use.

NOTICE: Overloading the accessories power outlet can cause a short circuit. Do not use adapters or more than one piece of equipment at the same time.

NOTICE: If the power connector of your equipment is too loose or too tight for the power outlet, there may be poor contact or the plug can get stuck. Only use accessories that are perfectly suited to the power outlets.

NOTICE: Using electrical equipment for a long time with the engine off may run down the battery.

3-30

1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Air conditioner Climate Control (1) On-off switch (optional) Press this switch and select one of the 3 fan speeds to turn on the climate control system.

Press this switch again to turn off the climate control system. When the system is operating, a blue light will light up on the switch.

(2) Fan selector (optional) The fan selector has 4 positions: OFF and speeds 1, 2, and 3.

Turn the selector to the “ ” position for maximum fan speed and to the “ ” position for minimum fan speed.

When the selector is placed in the OFF position, the climate control system will automatically turn off.

BRIL12MG0171A0A

(3) Recirculation/fresh air selector (optional) Turn the selector to the “ ” position for recirculation of air inside the cab.

Turn the selector to the “ ” position to allow fresh air inside the cab.

(4) Temperature control selector (optional) Turn the temperature control selector counter-clockwise for air-conditioning inside the cab.

Turn the temperature control selector clockwise for heat inside the cab.

Adjust the temperature control and the fan selector to the desired positions for maximum temperature comfort.

Make sure that the heater water inlet is fully open when you want to get hot air in the cabin.

3-31

1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

OVERHEAD CONTROLS

Dome light (1) The interior light is located on the cab roof. To turn the light on, press up on the front or rear part of the lens.

To turn off the light, press the lens again, returning it to the central position.

BRIL12MG0195A0A

3-32

1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

EXTERIOR CONTROLS

Windshield washer Windshield wipers (1) Top front wiper (2) Bottom front wiper (optional)

COIL14GRD0166BA

1

BRCE12MGLUE0136

2

(3) Rear wiper (optional) To replace the front and rear wiper blades, lift the paddle arm support, detach it from the lock pin and remove it.

To install, perform the process in reverse order.

3-33

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Rear view mirrors Adjusting the rear view mirrors NOTICE: Always check the positioning of the rearview mirrors before starting the engine of the machine.

Your machine's interior rearview mirror is convex. Vehicles and other objects seen from a convex mirror appear to be smaller than they actually are or look further away than they actually are. Take this into consideration and observe the same objects via the external mirrors to better assess the condition. Do not use the convex mirror to judge the distance of vehicles or objects behind the machine.

ATTENTION: Always check the work area to avoid accidents. We cite the following examples of hazardous work areas: slopes, cliffs, logs, demolition, fire, high walls, embankments, excavations, traffic, parking lot full of vehicles and enclosed areas. Extreme caution is necessary in areas like these.

Use caution with lands that may crumble, slippery areas and objects that may fall. Use caution with bushes, branches or other obstacles that are hidden. During operations in the dark, keep all the machine lights lit. Check all burnt out lights and replace them immediately.

Always shut down the engine when you leave the operator seat.

Before placing the machine and its implements in motion, make sure that people exposed in the area are away from the unit. Walk around the machine before climbing and sound the horn.

Make sure there is no leak in the exhaust system under the hood. When operating within the enclosed cabin, with the air conditioning off, leave the vent open, so there is air circulation throughout the operating time.

Avoid using the brake continuously on long descents. Select the appropriate gear when beginning a descent. Use the engine brake.

Keep the engine exhaust pipes clear of fuel debris. Turn the engine off before cleaning it.

Keep everyone away from all implements and tools when lifted to avoid any accident.

External rear view mirrors The external rearview mirrors (1) can be moved in all directions. Use your hands to adjust it to the desired position.

COIL14GRD0166BA

3-34

1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Internal rear view mirror The internal rearview mirror (2) can be moved in all directions. Use your hands to adjust it to the desired position.

COIL14GRD0201AA

3-35

2

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

CAB

Cab Internal Ventilation (1) Center bottom vents The air output vents have a turnover of 360° and an adjustable opening to direct air and increase operator comfort.

BRIL12MG0186A0A

1

COIL14GRD0156BA

2

BRIL12MG0188A0A

3

(2) Side windshield vents (3) Upper cab vents (4) Side column vents

(5) Upper cab vents The top air output vents have adjustable openings to direct air.

3-36

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

(6) Side column vents

BRIL12MG0189A0A

3-37

4

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Instrument panel Instrument Cluster When turning the ignition key to the ON position, the instrument cluster will check each monitored system. All the LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes) will light up, and the warning alarm will be activated for three seconds. At the end of this check, all monitored systems will return to normal operation. If there is an open circuit between a sensor and the instrument cluster, the LED will flash and the warning alarm will be activated for 5 s.

NOTE: If during operation, the stop master indicator light (on the instrument panel) and the warning alarm go off continuously, stop the machine, turn off the engine and identify the problem.

COIL14GRD0077FA

1

1. Hazard lights and turn signals indicator light: The green indicator light will flash when signalling a turn or when activating the hazard lights.

2. Brake pressure indicator light This indicator lights up when the brake system pressure is too low. The alarm will sound continuously and the stop master indicator will be red.

NOTICE: Stop the machine and correct the problem.

3. Indicator light This indicator will light up when the lights are ON.

3-38

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

COIL14GRD0077FA

2

4. Auxiliary steering system indicator light (if equipped) This indicator lights up when the main pressure of the steering system is too low. The alarm will sound continuously and the stop master indicator will be red.

NOTICE: In this situation, stop the machine immediately and contact the reseller.

5. Parking brake indicator light This indicator lights up when the parking brake is set. When the parking brake is set and the transmission shift lever is put in FORWARD or REVERSE, the alarm sounds for 3 s and the stop master indicator turns red.

6. Engine (grid heater) intake air heater indicator light To start the engine, turn the ignition key to the ON position. The (6) indicator lights up when the engine grid heater is operating. Wait until the indicator light GOES OFF before moving the ignition key to the START position to start the engine. The indicator light may come on again during start-up and shortly after the engine starts for post heating of the air. This allows smooth operating conditions during heating in cold weather.

7. Low fuel warning indicator light This light will be lit continuously when the fuel level in the tank is too low.

3-39

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

COIL14GRD0077FA

3

8. Stop master indicator light (red, critical) The stop master indicator light is an critical warning indicator.

When the stop master indicator light comes on, it will be necessary to stop the machine safely and immediately SHUT DOWN the engine.

NOTE: Non-compliance with this instruction may result in injury and/or damage to the machine.

When a failure occurs, an audible alarm will sound continuously and the stop master indicator will be RED and will appear in the message area.

The following table lists some of the critical warning indicators that may appear on the instrument cluster and the necessary corrective action.

Critical warnings Display Engine Oil Pressure Brake pressure

Description Low engine oil pressure.

Below 10 psi.

Low brake pressure.

Coolant temperature

High engine coolant temperature.

Hydraulic fluid temperature high Transmission fluid temperature

High temperature high in the hydraulic fluid.

High transmission fluid temperature.

Corrective Action Stop the machine safely and turn the engine OFF immediately. Contact your dealer Stop the machine safely and turn the engine OFF immediately. Contact your dealer.

Stop the machine safely and turn the engine OFF immediately. Check the coolant level after letting the engine cool. Contact your dealer.

Stop the machine safely and turn the engine OFF immediately. Contact your dealer.

Stop the machine safely and turn the engine OFF immediately. Contact your dealer.

Critical warnings [for (AWD) front-wheel drive system] Display (AWD) front-wheel drive control

Description Red alarm.

Corrective Action Stop the machine safely and turn the engine OFF immediately. Contact your dealer.

3-40

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

COIL14GRD0077FA

4

9. Warning master indicator light (yellow, non-critical) The warning master indicator light is a non-critical warning indicator.

When the warning master indicator light comes on, change your operation mode, schedule an interruption in work for maintenance or, if the condition persists, contact an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

When a failure occurs, an audible alarm will sound for 3 seconds and the warning master indicator will be Yellow and will appear in the message area.

NOTE: When this occurs, return the machine to a service area and stop the engine so as not to run the risk of costly repairs.

The following table lists some of the non-critical warning indicators that may appear on the instrument cluster and the necessary corrective action.

Non-critical warnings Display Park Brake

Coolant temperature

Description Corrective Action Parking brake set and 1. Depress brake pedal. transmission selector lever 2. Release the parking brake before putting the in FORWARD or REVERSE transmission selector lever in forward or reverse.

High engine coolant 1. Idle machine and monitor temperature. temperature.

2. Clean radiator or operate fan reverser (If equipped).

3. Check the coolant level and add coolant, if necessary.

Hydraulic fluid temperature High hydraulic fluid temperature.

4. If the condition persists, contact an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

1. Idle machine and monitor temperature.

2. Clean the hydraulic fluid cooler or operate the fan reverser (if equipped).

3. Check the hydraulic fluid level.

4. If the condition persists, contact an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

3-41

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Display Transmission fluid temperature

Description High transmission fluid temperature.

Corrective Action 1. Idle machine and monitor temperature.

2. Clean the transmission fluid cooler or operate the fan reverser (if equipped).

3. Use a lower gear.

air filter

High air filter restriction.

4. If the condition persists, contact an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

1. Clean the air filter.

2. Replace primary and secondary filters.

Tranmission filter

'Hydraulic system filter Alternator

High transmission filter restriction.

3. If the condition persists, contact an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

1. Replace transmission filter.

2. If the condition persists, contact an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

High hydraulic system filter 1. Replace the hydraulic system filter. restriction.

2. If the condition persists, contact your dealer.

Malfunctioning alternator.

1. Check electrical system.

2. Voltages are out of working range.

3. Change the operation mode.

Fuel

Fuel level low.

4. If the condition persists, contact an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

1. Fill the reservoir as soon as possible.

Noncritical warnings [for (AWD) front-wheel drive system] Display Description Corrective Action Hydraulic filter of the (AWD) High pump filter restriction. 1. Replace the pump filter. front-wheel drive pump.

2. If the condition persists, contact an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

Yellow alarm.

(AWD) front-wheel drive 1. Make sure that you are using the (AWD)front-wheel system control drive system and the “Creep Mode” correctly NOTE: This error does not appear described in the LCD of the panel, the indicator will just be YELLOW.

2. Inspect the AWD system.

3. Check the mounting of the left-hand engine and right-hand engine sensors.

4. Check the mounting of the hydraulic pump sensors.

5. Check the positioning of the rear axle speed sensor.

6. If the condition persists, contact an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

3-42

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

COIL14GRD0077FA

5

10. Transmission fluid temperature indicator light The indicator light shows the transmission fluid temperature. Normal operating temperature is in the green area. When the transmission fluid temperature increases, the gauge will move to the yellow area, the warning alarm will sound for three seconds, and the stop master indicator will move to yellow.

When the temperature continues to increase, the gauge moves into the red zone, the warning alarm will sound continuously, and the stop master indicator turns red. The machine should not be operated when the temperature is in the red area.

Transmission fluid temperature indicator Indication Less than 20.0 °C (68.0 °F)

Condition

Master indicator

Indicator status

Alarm State

The transmission fluid temperature is too low

Caution (Yellow)

Continuous

3s

—

–

—

The transmission fluid temperature is high

Caution (Yellow)

Continuous

—

The transmission fluid temperature is too high

Stop (Red)

Continuous

Intermittent ( 0,5 s ON and 0,2 s OFF)

The transmission fluid Betw. 20.0 – 120.0 °C temperature is normal (68.0 – 248.0 °F) Betw. 120.0 – 125.0 °C (248.0 – 257.0 °F) (see note below) More than 125.0 °C (257.0 °F)

NOTE: To prevent damage to the transmission, stop the machine in NEUTRAL and run the engine at maximum throttle until the transmission cools. If the transmission fluid temperature does not return to normal operating temperature, run the engine at idle and check the transmission fluid level. Correct the issue before continuing to operate the machine

3-43

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

COIL14GRD0077FA

6

11. Hydraulic fluid temperature indicator light The indicator light shows the hydraulic system fluid temperature. Normal operating temperature is in the green area. When the hydraulic system fluid temperature increases, the gauge will move to the yellow area, the warning alarm will sound for three seconds, and the stop master indicator will move to yellow. When the temperature continues increasing, the gauge moves into the red zone and the warning alarm sounds continuously. The stop master indicator turns red. The machine SHOULD NOT be operated when the temperature is in the red area.

Hydraulic fluid temperature indicator.

Indication Less than 20.0 °C (68.0 °F)

Condition

Master indicator

Indicator status

Alarm State

The hydraulic fluid temperature is too low

Caution (Yellow)

Continuous

3s

—

–

—

The hydraulic fluid temperature is high

Caution (Yellow)

Continuous

—

The hydraulic fluid temperature is very high

Stop (Red)

Continuous

Intermittent ( 0,5 s ON and 0,2 s OFF)

The hydraulic fluid Betw. 20.0 – 120.0 °C temperature is normal (68.0 – 248.0 °F) Betw. 105.0 – 110.0 °C (221.0 – 230.0 °F) (see note below) More than 110.0 °C (230.0 °F)

NOTE: Do not operate the machine if the indicator is red and the alarm sounds continuously. Stop the machine and correct the problem.

3-44

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

COIL14GRD0077FA

7

12. Fuel level indicator light The indicator light shows the fuel level in the tank. Normal operating range is in the green area. When the tank is almost empty, the indicator will move to the yellow area and the fuel warning indicator will light up continuously, the warning alarm will sound for three seconds, and the stop master indicator will move to red NOTICE: Do not allow the machine to run with little fuel.

NOTICE: If the machine runs out of fuel, do not attempt to work on pressurized hydraulic lines. The lines are under high pressure. Failure to follow this guideline can result in injuries or death.

Fuel level gauge Indication Less than 10% More than 10%

Condition

Master indicator

Indicator status

Alarm State

Fuel level Low

Caution (Red)

Continuous

3s

Fuel level normal

—

–

—

3-45

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

COIL14GRD0077FA

8

13. Engine coolant temperature indicator light The indicator light shows the temperature of the engine coolant. Normal operating temperature is in the green area. When the engine coolant temperature increases, the gauge will move into the yellow area and the warning alarm will sound for three seconds. The warning master indicator turns yellow. When the temperature continues increasing, the gauge moves into the red zone and the warning alarm sounds continuously. The stop master indicator turns red. The machine SHOULD NOT be operated when the temperature is in the red area.

Engine coolant liquid temperature indicator Indication Less than 20.0 °C (68.0 °F)

Master indicator

Indicator status

Alarm State

Caution (Yellow)

Continuous

3s

—

–

—

Engine Coolant Temperature Is High

Caution (Yellow)

Continuous

—

Engine Coolant Temperature Is Very High

Stop (Red)

Continuous

Intermittent ( 0,5 s ON and 0,2 s OFF)

Condition The temperature of the engine coolant is very low The temperature of Betw. 20.0 – 105.0 °C the engine coolant is (68.0 – 221.0 °F) normal Betw. 105.0 – 110.0 °C (221.0 – 230.0 °F) (see note below) More than 110.0 °C (230.0 °F)

NOTE: Do not operate the machine if the indicator is in the red and the alarm is sounding continuously. Stop the machine and correct the problem.

3-46

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Keypad – LCD monitor control Navigating through the multi-function LCD monitor screens The key pad is located on the console just below the steering wheel. Use this key pad to move from one screen to another, choose various selections, monitor the machine functions, and retrieve information.

All selections made with the computerized technology of the LCD monitor screen are essentially programmed in the same manner.

When using the screen, use the arrow keys (C) and (D) to scroll to the desired selection. Highlight that selection and press the confirm/enter key (B).

WL6616WEL0003AA

1

WL6616WEL0003AA

2

Follow the screen's instructions when provided and use the key pad to enter the selection. Use the exit key (A) to return to the main menu. This procedure records the chosen selection in the memory.

All functions can be accessed in the same basic manner.

A. “Esc” key: Use this key to exit and return to the main screen. Use this key whenever you wish to start, start over or check active and identified errors.

B. “Enter” key: Use this key to confirm it is the desired function.

C. Up arrow key: Use this key to scroll up to selections.

D. Down arrow key: Use this key to scroll down to selections.

NOTE: Arrows on the screen will indicate if selections are up or down from the current selection.

Using the arrow keys At any time during operation or with the ignition switch on, the operator may scroll through three information screens and the two trip screens by using the arrow keys. These five screens are arranged in a circular loop and may be accessed by pressing the up or down arrow key. The following sequence uses the down arrow key only.

NOTE: Pressing the"exit" key, return to the normal driving LCD screen. For the changes to be recorded into memory, the operator must press the "confirm" key, then use the "exit" key to return to the main screen. When the machine is turned off, the settings are also stored in memory.

From the main screen, press the down arrow key as illustrated.

3-47

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

LCD Display – (General description) The multi-function LCD monitor is located in the center of the instrument cluster.

At start-up, the assembly blinks the indicator lights and the multi-function LCD blinks with the machine model.

The machine’s initial default driving screen is shown.

Once operator preferences are set, this screen will reflect these selections.

NOTE: At the time of start-up, the operator can push the “Return”/“Esc” key, and the language selection screen is shown immediately. This lets the operator select a language without having to use an unknown language to determine his/her preferences.

ALLX16LCD0017AA

1

BRIL12MG0132A0A

2

The information will be displayed on the LCD monitor in three different areas, as directed by the operator or automatically by the machine.

In most situations, the operator or technician will receive specific information to follow if conditions are not correct.

Section One: The top of the LCD monitor shows the hours, the speed, or the rpm The LCD monitor is controlled by the machine's technology and is geared toward the operator's preferences.

The screen shown in figure 1 is the default screen.

In the previous example, machine hours are shown.

The machine hours are always shown briefly at start-up.

After starting the machine, the display changes to show the engine speed.

When the machine is moving, this area changes to show the speed or engine speed.

The operator can make the selection of his/her preference, programming the screen to show MPH, km/h, or RPM.

3-48

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Section Two: The central part of the display is dedicated to transmission signals.

The previous example shows the transmission control lever in Neutral “N”, the gear in numerical form (4th), and the automatic transmission mode “A” (for models equipped with “Tork Converter” transmission) or Manual “M”.

Section 2 shows the error codes.

For example, this section can report transmission error codes.

If transmission is not working properly, the display may show: • C – Replace clutch • L – Come Home Safety Mode (for models with “Direct Drive” transmission). For more information, see page 6-3.

• S – Transmission shutdown • U – Transmission Control Unit shutdown Section Three: The bottom part of the liquid crystal display is divided into two sections.

The left-hand section indicates whether the transmission is engaged or disengaged.

The previous example shows "Auto" (Automatic). The right-hand section (B) shows the clock. Hours can be stated in increments of 12 – 24 h.

3-49

BRIL12MG0132A0A

3

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

LCD Display – (Menu screens) Viewing the screens “Info 1”.

“Info 1” is the first information screen reached via the down arrow from the main screen.

It displays engine RPM, speed of the machine, fuel level, and alternator voltage level.

ALLX16LCD0001AA

1

ALLX16LCD0002AA

2

ALLX16LCD0003AA

3

“Info 2”.

“Info 2” is the second information screen reached via the down arrow from the main screen.

The “Info 2” screen displays the coolant temperature, the turbocharger air temperature, and the engine oil temperature in “Fahrenheit” or “Celsius”. “Info 2” also displays the oil pressure in PSI.

“Info 3”.

“Info 3” is the third information screen reached via the down arrow from the main screen.

The “Info 3” screen displays the transmission fluid temperature, the hydraulic fluid temperature, the temperature of the oil in the sump, and the temperature of the coolant in the radiator, in “Fahrenheit” or “Celsius”.

3-50

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

“Trip 1”.

“Trip 1” is the fourth information screen reached via the down arrow from the main screen.

The LCD offers two trip computers “Trip 1” and “Trip 2”.

These computers will show, since the last reset, the total time in hours, the total quantity of fuel and the average fuel consumption per hour.

The “Trip 1” and “Trip 2” screens can be reset independently.

ALLX16LCD0005AA

4

ALLX16LCD0004AA

5

WL6616WEL0003AA

6

“Trip 2”.

“Trip 2” is the fifth information screen reached via the down arrow from the main screen.

The LCD offers two trip computers “Trip 1” and “Trip 2”.

These computers will show, since the last reset, the total time in hours, the total quantity of fuel and the average fuel consumption per hour.

The “Trip 1” and “Trip 2” screens can be reset independently.

To access the previous screen, use the up arrow key.

3-51

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

LCD Display – (Trip screens) Select the trip screen you wish to set.

NOTE: When you set measurement preferences, the capacity can be set to U.S. gallons, Imperial gallons, or liters.

ALLX16LCD0004AA

1

WL6616WEL0003AA

2

ALLX16LCD0006AA

3

WL6616WEL0003AA

4

Press the “Enter” confirmation key to set the trip history to zero.

The trip screen will indicate a reset message.

At this screen, press the confirm key to clear the numbers and reset the trip information.

The date and time will be display automatically.

Hours, fuel consumption and hourly consumption will be reset and return to zero.

To return to the main driving screen and save the settings in memory, press the “Esc” key.

3-52

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

The screen will begin to record time and fuel consumption immediately.

ALLX16LCD0004AA

3-53

5

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

LCD Display – (Selection screens) “Select” The “Select” key lets you adjust the hours and access machine information.

Browse through this screen, highlighting your selection and pressing the "confirm" key.

This will allow you to change clock settings or view the hardware and software screens.

NOTE: It is not possible to make changes in the hardware or software screens.

ALLX16LCD0008AA

1

WL6616WEL0003AA

2

Press the “Esc” key to return the LCD monitor back to the normal driving screen.

NOTE: For the changes to be recorded into memory, the operator must press the "confirm" key, then use the "exit" key to return to the main screen. When the machine is turned off, the settings are also stored in memory.

3-54

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

LCD Display – (Service screens) Calling up the service screens After the machine has been started or the ignition switch has been turned to “IGN” (On), the operator or service technician may use this menu to adjust machine settings to the working conditions, to test components, to view any faults, or to select preferences.

Press and hold the “Enter” button for two seconds to get to the service screen.

Use the up and down arrow keys to navigate through the menu items.

The menu items and the selections are listed below.

ALLX16LCD0007AA

1

“Preferences” • Language: English/German/French/Italian/Spanish/Portuguese • Unit of measure: Metric/English/Imperial • Clock: 24 h/ 12 h • Customized Idle, Idle Spped: Allows selecting idle speed between 800 – 1100 RPM, in increments of 50 RPM.

“Options” • “Idle auto”: When activated, normal movement between NORMAL IDLE SPEED and ACCELERATOR IDLE SPEED (very cold climates).

• ”Show RPM” – Shows engine rpm • “Show MPH or KPH” – Shows speed

“Display” • “Day display” • “Day LED” • “Night display” • “Night LED”

“Clock” • “Hour” • “Minute” • “Day” • “Month” • “Year”

3-55

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

“Cluster hardware” • “Hardware part number” • “Hardware serial number” • “Hardware ID” • “Hardware version”

“Cluster software” • “Software part number” • “Software serial number” • “Software ID” • “Software version”

“Configuration” • “Change model number”: Indicates cluster serial number, not machine serial number.

• “Select tires”: Selects tire size, etc.

• “Special”: Adjust error/Factory adjustment.

NOTE: The tests in the configuration menu should be performed only by a qualified operator or technician, as some tests require the engine to be running at very high rpm.

• “Access codes”.

NOTE: Pressing the"exit" key, return to the normal driving LCD screen.

3-56

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

LCD Display – (Preferences menu) Language screen, measurement units and clock On the “Service” screen, use the Up arrow or Down arrow keys to navigate to the “Preferences” menu.

Press the “Enter” key. The highlighted section flashes to indicate that a new selection can be made.

Press the “Enter” key again. A sub-menu displays the options “Language”, “Units”, “Clock”, and “Idle Speed”.

Use the Up arrow or Down arrow keys to navigate to the desired selection. Use the “Enter” key to confirm the selection, to include the selection in the memory.

Languages: English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, or Portuguese.

Unit of measure: Metric, English, or Imperial.

Clock: 24 h or 12 h cycles Customized idle: 0 RPM, + 50 RPM, + 100 RPM, + 150 RPM, + 200 RPM, + 250 RPM, + 300 RPM NOTE: To change the clock options, use the Up key to increase the values and the Down key to decrease the values. To confirm the selection, press the “Enter” key.

Press the “Esc” key to return to the main driving screen and lock selections into the memory.

Clock (Set the time and date) On the “Select” screen, choose the name of the clock and press “confirm”.

Use the arrow keys to show the time and date field.

NOTE: When the correct time and date have been entered by using the arrow keys (up to increase the numbers and down to decrease them), press the "confirm" key to lock in correct time.

Press the "exit" key to return to the main driving screen and lock selections into memory.

3-57

ALLX16LCD0011AB

1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Display Menu The display menu can be used to change the background and brightness of the screen.

Use the arrow keys to make your selection from the display menu, then press the "confirm" key until the screen reverts to the main driving screen to lock the selection into memory.

The screen display can be changed to suit working conditions.

When the headlights are turned on, the screen changes to night lighting.

3-58

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

LCD Display – (Options Menu) Options Menu Use the arrow keys to choose the options menu. Press the confirmation key and the options sub-menu will be displayed. The options menu will allow the operator to select options for the speedometer, tachometer, auto idle, etc.

ALLX16LCD0012AA

1

Fan auto (automatic fan)*

The fan can be set to operate in automatic or manual mode. In manual mode, the fan will operate at maximum speed.

The automatic mode is the most common or preferred setting. This mode will alternate the speed between high and lose as required by conditions, depending on the temperatures of the coolant, turbocharger air, transmission fluid and hydraulic system fluid.

Speedometer or tachometer These settings allow the operator to show the speed of the machine or the engine speed in the main menu during operation of the machine. If the desired setting is the speed of travel, the operator can choose between MPH or km/h for the display. Highlight the desired option, press the "confirm" key and then go back to the main screen to lock the selections into memory.

Hardware/software screens The hardware and software screens cannot be changed by the operator.

The instrument cluster hardware selection will show the part number, the serial number, the identification number and the instrument cluster version. The instrument cluster software selection will show the part number, the serial number, the identification number and the instrument cluster software version. Press escape to exit this field and return to the selection menu, or use the up arrow key to scroll back to the other sub-menu selections.

ALLX16LCD0013AA

3-59

2

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

3-60

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS###_4_### COMMISSIONING THE UNIT

Introduction Always check the work area to avoid accidents. We cite the following examples of hazardous work areas: slopes, cliffs, logs, demolition, fire, high walls, embankments, excavations, traffic, parking lot full of vehicles and enclosed areas. Extreme caution is necessary in areas like these.

Use caution with lands that may crumble, slippery areas and objects that may fall. Use caution with bushes, branches or other obstacles that are hidden.

During operations in the dark, keep all the machine lights lit. Check all burnt out lights and replace them immediately.

Always shut down the engine when you leave the operator seat.

Before placing the machine and its implements in motion, make sure that people exposed in the area are away from the unit. Walk around the machine before climbing and sound the horn.

Make sure there is no leak in the exhaust system under the hood. When operating within the enclosed cabin, with the air conditioning off, leave the vent open, so there is air circulation throughout the operating time.

Avoid using the brake continuously on long descents. Select the appropriate gear when beginning a descent. Use the engine brake.

Keep the engine exhaust pipes clear of fuel debris. Turn the engine off before cleaning it.

Keep everyone away from all implements and tools when lifted to avoid any accident.

4-1

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Before starting the engine Before starting the engine WARNING Pressurized fluid can penetrate the skin and cause severe injuries.

Keep hands and body away from any pressurized leak. DO NOT use your hand to check for leaks. Use a piece of cardboard or paper. If fluid penetrates the skin, seek medical attention immediately.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0158A

1. Check whether tires are worn, cut or incorrectly inflated.

2. Check that the blade and its edges are not damaged or worn.

3. Check whether the circle needs adjusting.

4. Check that there are no damaged parts or faulty indicators in the operator cab.

5. Check that there are no leaks in the tandem trailer.

6. Check that there are no leaks or damaged hoses in the cooling system.

7. Check that there are no leaks in the engine or transmission, and that there are no damaged hoses in the hydraulic system.

It is also advisable to check Look for faulty isolators, as well as loose wires and connections Screws and bolts Look for loose or faulty components Hydraulic system Look for leaks, twisted hoses, and flexible lines or pipes in contact with other parts Review the lubrication Lubrification points indicated in the periodic maintenance table Electrical

BRIL12MG0088D0A

4-2

1

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

8.

Only fill the reservoir with the specified fuel. Be careful to prevent dirt or inappropriate substances from entering when filling.

ATTENTION: Extinguish any smoking materials or flames before checking or filling the fuel reservoir.

9.

Check the levels of the following fluids: A. Engine oil B. Engine coolant system fluid C. Transmission oil D. Hydraulic system fluid E. Tandem and differential oil

10. Lubricate all the grease points provided. See the Maintenance section for more information.

11. Check tire pressures.

ATTENTION: Do not fill the tires with flammable gases or air systems that use alcohol injectors. This could result in explosions and personal injury.

12. The machine's cooling system is filled in the factory with a mixture of and 50% AKCELA PREMIUM ANTI FREEZE (1060077), which is a glycol-based antifreeze compound, for protection as low as –37 °C (–34 °F). It is not necessary to drain this solution before putting the machine into operation.

NOTICE: Do not use your hands to look for leaks.

Leaks of high-pressure fluid can penetrate the skin, causing serious injury.

NOTICE: Do not start up the machine in enclosed areas, without appropriate ventilation to remove the lethal exhaust fumes.

Warn anyone who may be working close to the machine before starting the engine.

Sound the horn before starting or operating the machine.

Never leave the machine with the engine running.

13. Turn the engine ON. Check all the instruments and gauges for the indicated pressures. Operate the controls as indicated in the operator instructions.

Shut down the engine and check the hoses, tubing and gaskets to prevent possible oil leaks.

NOTE: To start the engine, the parking brake must be applied and the gearshift must be in the "NEUTRAL" position.

BRIL12MG0054A0A

4-3

2

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

NOTICE: Remove the linkage lock pin (1) before operating the machine and store it in the location shown in the figure.

(1) The linkage locking pin must only be installed when transporting the grader.

COIL14GRD0280BA

4-4

3

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Shoulder belt WARNING Avoid injury!

Before starting the engine, securely fasten the seat belt. The seat belt can help ensure your safety if it is properly used and maintained. Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt system.

Never wear the belt if it is twisted or pinched between the seat structures.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0142A

Safety belts Fasten your seat belt before beginning operation with the machine. Periodically inspect the seat belts to check for wear and replace them when necessary.

NH0193

4-5

1

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Front wheel drive (Operation) Front-Wheel Drive Operation This machine is equipped with a hydraulic system with front-wheel drive, electronically controlled.

The system is composed of a high pressure hydraulic pump, pressure sensors, speed sensors, hydraulic motors and reducers on the front wheels. When the system is in operation, the traction force on the front wheels will be up to 30% of the traction force of the machine.

The front-wheel drive controls (1) are located at the upper left-hand corner of the switch panel. An electronic control system allows the operator to adjust the maximum torque transmitted to the front wheels, through the thumbwheel (2).

COIL14GRD0133AA

1

COIL14GRD0133AA

2

COIL14GRD0133AA

3

6-wheel drive The 6-wheel drive system is activated by the switch (1).

To activate front-wheel drive, press the switch (3) on the right-hand side. To turn off front-wheel drive, press the switch again (3). When front-wheel drive is engaged, two green LEDs will light up on the side of the switch.

NOTICE: For the 6-wheel drive system to be activated, a gear must be selected. The system does not enter into operation with the transmission in neutral.

The front-wheel drive can be used in forward gears 1 to 8 forward or 4 reverse gears, without speed limit.

Aggressiveness Control When front-wheel drive is engaged, the thumbwheel (2) (Aggressiveness Control) will control the maximum torque to be transmitted to the front wheels. This adjustment can be made at 16 different levels and the number of LEDs corresponding to the torque level set will light up on the panel. The electronic control system always maintains timing of the rear wheels with the front.

Power to the front wheels can be controlled in two ways.

Use the AWD system switch (1) (6-wheel drive) to improve the directional control of the machine in finishing operations. 6-wheel drive also increase the traction force and directional control when working on a slope, on slippery terrain or in conditions of broken up soil.

When using 6-wheel drive, the traction force on the front wheels will be 5% to 30% of the total traction force of the machine. The power transmitted the front wheels can be adjusted to be more or less "aggressive" in relation to the rear wheels, using the thumbwheel (2). This allows the operator to balance the power with the tandem wheels and to obtain better control, depending on the specific conditions of the work site.

4-6

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Memorizing the aggressiveness setting In 6-wheel drive mode, the operator can save a favorite driving setting by pressing the thumbwheel (2) for approximately 3 seconds. The thumbwheel will confirm the selection of the new value by flashing for approximately 3 seconds. To resume this value, the operator must quickly press the thumbwheel (2).

COIL14GRD0133AA

4

COIL14GRD0133AA

5

Creep mode (Front-wheel drive only) The front-wheel drive system has an operation mode that allows the operator to work at a speed lower than the speed obtained when the first transmission gear is selected 1.0 – 5.0 km/h (0.6 – 3.1 mph). In "Creep Mode", the transmission is always kept in neutral and only the front wheels will drive the machine.

To activate "Creep Mode", put the gear shift lever in neutral. Do not press the throttle pedal. Release the service brake and press the switch (4) on the left-hand side.

"Creep Mode" will be activated if the speed of he machine is between 1.0 km/h (0.6 mph) in reverse and 5.0 km/h (3.1 mph) in forward gear. To turn off "Creep Mode", press the switch again (4). When "Creep Mode" is activated, two green LEDs will illuminate on the side of the switch.

ATTENTION: If any gear is selected, or if the engine rotation falls below idle speed, the system will shut off automatically. Perform the "Creep Mode" activation procedure to put it into operation again. If the service brake is activated, the system will be turned off momentarily, resuming operation when the brake is released.

ATTENTION: When "Creep Mode" is activated, the machine will move as soon as the accelerator pedal is pressed. Be extremely careful when operating the machine in this mode, so as not to cause an accident due to unexpected movement of the machine, since it will move in neutral.

4-7

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Speed Control When "Creep Mode" is activated, the thumbwheel (2) (Speed Control) will control the maximum speed of the machine. This adjustment can be made at 16 different levels and the number of LEDs corresponding to the speed range set will light up on the panel. At the minimum level (1 LED on), the maximum speed obtained will be 2.0 km/h (1.2 mph). At the maximum level (16 LEDs on), the maximum speed obtained will be 5.0 km/h (3.1 mph). This allows the operator to control the speed of the machine and the rotation of the engine, to obtain the traction force required to perform the work.

Use "Creep Mode" (power to both front wheels) in operations that require a precise control of the machine at low speed. With "Creep Mode" activated, the traction force will be reduced, since the traction is done only by the front wheels.

COIL14GRD0133AA

6

COIL14GRD0133AA

7

Memorizing the speed adjustment In “Creep Mode” mode, the operator can save a favorite speed adjustment by pressing the thumbwheel (2) for approximately 3 seconds. The thumbwheel will confirm the selection of the new value by flashing for approximately 3 seconds. To resume this value, the operator must quickly press the thumbwheel (2).

4-8

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STARTING THE UNIT

Starting the engine Operation Pull the throttle lever for the maximum rotation position if the engine is cold (1/4 of the maximum rotation position if the engine is hot).

Turn the ignition switch to the "START" position.

When soon as the engine starts, release the key. Pull the throttle lever immediately for idle speed. Then, place the throttle at half speed. Keep at half the maximum speed until the gauge needle moves from a minimum position.

NOTE: Do not activate the starter for more than 15 s without a break of 30 s to allow it to cool. Note all the instruments.

It is extremely important to let the engine run from 3 – 5 min with the throttle at 1/4 to 1/2 of its stroke to allow the lubricating oil to heat and circulate freely through the journals. This procedure is recommended for cold weather conditions.

Check the engine lubricating oil pressure.

With the engine running at high rotation and the coolant at a normal operating temperature, the oil pressure should be within the normal operating limit. When the oil is cold, there will be no indication of the pressure on the dial for some seconds after the engine has been started. If the pressure does not rise to normal or above after a few seconds, the engine should be turned off immediately.

Check causes of the problem and try to correct them. Check the transmission fluid pressure indicator. Within a few seconds after the engine has been started, the transmission oil needle should be in or near the green threshold.

Starting the Engine 1. Start the engine and let the engine run at half maximum speed for 3 – 4 min before you operate the machine.

2. Do not increase the engine speed shortly after turning it on, so as not to damage the lubrication of the turbocharger bearings.

4-9

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Auxiliary battery connections Auxiliary battery connections Jump‑‑start WARNING Explosion hazard!

Batteries emit explosive gases. Always ventilate when using in an enclosed area or when charging.

Keep the battery away from sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0369A

WARNING Explosion hazard!

Booster batteries or jumper cables must be connected properly to prevent battery explosion and/or damage to the electrical system. Connect positive to positive and negative to negative.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0343A

Two people are needed to perform this procedure. Make sure that people who make the connections are wearing safety goggles.

1. Open the engine hood. Sit on the operator’s bench and have the other person make the connections.

2. If using auxiliary batteries, make sure they add up to 24 V. 3. If using another machine as auxiliary, make sure that they do not touch.

4. First connect the positive (+) auxiliary cable to the positive (+) terminal on the battery. In this terminal, the voltage is 24 V. 5. Connect the negative (-) cable to the negative terminal on the auxiliary battery. Connect the other end of the negative (-) cable to the chassis of the machine, away from the area of the batteries.

6. Start the engine according to the instructions contained in this manual. See page 4-11.

7. The other person should disconnect the auxiliary batteries in the reverse order from how they were connected.

Close the engine hood.

4-10

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Auxiliary battery connections Emergency start-up with auxiliary batteries DANGER Explosion hazard!

Batteries emit explosive gases. Always ventilate when using in an enclosed area or when charging.

Keep the battery away from sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

D0116A

NOTE: The electrical system of the machine is 24 V with negative (-) grounded. For emergency start-up, use only batteries of the same voltage.

Connecting auxiliary batteries Do the connection in the following order: • Connect the red cable terminal (1) to the positive (+) end of the service batteries and the other terminal (of the same cable) to the positive (+) end of the auxiliary batteries (charged).

• Connect the black cable terminal (2) to ground (machine chassis) and the other terminal (of the same cable) to the negative (-) end of the auxiliary batteries (charged).

• Start up.

NOTICE: Connection of the auxiliary batteries should not be done by persons not authorized for maintenance.

BRIL12MG0082A0A

1

BRIL12MG0083A0A

2

Cable connection order: Cable disconnection order:

Disconnecting the auxiliary batteries • Disconnect the black cable terminal (2) connected to ground (machine chassis) and the other terminal (of the same cable) connected to the negative (-) end of the auxiliary battery (charged).

• Disconnect the red cable terminal (1) connected to the positive (+) end of the auxiliary battery and the other terminal (of the same cable) connected to the positive (-) end of the service battery (flat).

(AA) batteries (charged) (BB) batteries (flat)

4-11

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STOPPING THE UNIT

Stopping the engine Stopping the engine Before turning off the engine, leave it to run for a few minutes at idle speed to allow for deceleration and stabilization of the turbocharger at a low speed.

Avoid stopping the engine at high speed so as not to damage the turbocharger bearings through lack of lubrication. If the engine is turned off suddenly at high RPM, the turbo will continue to rotate after the engine oil pressure lowers to ZERO. If they operate at high speeds without oil, the turbocharger bearings can suffer damage in a matter of seconds.

Engine speed variation Prolonged use of the engine idle will make the coolant temperature fall below the operating threshold.

Since the engine is on, there should be no reason for the prolonged use of idle. Turn off the engine when this happens.

However, if it is necessary to leave the engine on, it must have a sufficient rotation to maintain oil pressure and engine coolant temperature in the normal range. Put the gear shift lever in neutral and engage the parking brake. Lower the blade to the ground. Do not leave the machine.

4-12

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

MOVING THE UNIT

Differential lock system 865B AWD models (Standard) /885B AWD models (Standard) The differential lock should be used only in 1st and 2nd gears and in a straight line, in operations that require greater traction (contours, very hard soils, or when there is a need to move large amounts of material).

NOTE: To maneuver in traffic, on urban streets or roads, turning or higher gears (3rd gear onwards), NEVER use the differential lock, as this may cause damage to the rear axle and also excessive wear on the rear tires.

4-13

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Break-in period During the break-in period, you must follow the procedures described below as well as those in the "Maintenance Chart" in this manual. See page 7-17.

Operate the machine with moderate load in the first 50 hours of work. Efficient operation is with the engine coolant temperature in the GREEN area of the indicator. Operation of the engine with the temperature below this range will cause incomplete combustion of fuel, higher consumption, power loss and accumulation of debris inside the engine.

NOTICE: Never lubricate, repair or adjust the machine with the engine running, thus reducing the possibility of accidents.

Within the first 10 hours of work, perform the following procedures: • Inspect the entire machine.

• Check all bolts and other controls. Tighten if necessary.

• Check hydraulic system.

• Check electrical system.

After the first 50 hours of work with a new machine, or after major repairs, do the following: • Check the torque of the ROPS mounting bolts in the first 50 hours of operation. After the initial break-in period, check every 500 hours, or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in severe conditions, see page 7-68 for further information.

NOTICE: The protection given by the "ROPS" system can be impaired if it has been modified or suffered damage.

If the roof of the cab (special equipment) is installed, always keep its accessories such as windshield wipers, door locks, windows, hinges and seat belts, etc. in good condition. Always keep the windows closed.

NOTICE: If it is necessary to replace the windows, use safety glass or equivalent.

• Check the tandem wheel nuts.

• Check the wheel fastening nuts.

• Replace the hydraulic fluid filter in the first 50 hours of operation. After the initial break-in period, every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions, or if the main warning indicator (non-critical warnings – YELLOW) shows "HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FILTER". See page 7-58 for further information.

• Replace the transmission fluid filter (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) in the first 50 hours of operation. After the initial break-in period, every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions, or if the main warning indicator (non-critical warnings – YELLOW) shows "TRANSMISSION FILTER". See page 7-62 for further information.

Within the first 100 hours of work, perform the following procedures: • Replace the hydraulic filter of the (AWD) front-wheel drive system within the first 100 hours of operation. After the initial break-in period, every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions, or if the main warning indicator (non-critical warnings – YELLOW) shows "HYDRAULIC FILTER OF THE FRONT-WHEEL DRIVE PUMP" , see page 7-75 for further information.

• Replace the oil in the reducers of the (AWD) front-wheel drive system within the first 100 hours of operation. After the initial break-in period, every 1000 hours of operation, or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in severe conditions, see page 7-83 for further information.

4-14

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Operation in various climates Cold weather precautions The machine cooling system is filled at the factory with a mixture of 50% water and 50% AKCELA PREMIUM ANTI FREEZE, AKCELA PREMIUM ANTI FREEZE. protects the engine at a temperature of up to -37 °C (-35 °F). It is not necessary to drain this solution before putting the unit into operation.

Operating the machine in hot weather To prevent damage to the machine, do the following: 1. Keep the coolant at the correct level in both the reservoir and the radiator.

2. Test the expansion reservoir cap before the weather becomes warmer. Replace the cap if necessary.

3. Clean all dirt and debris from the radiator and engine area.

4. Use lubricants with the correct viscosity.

5. Use the proper solution of AKCELA PREMIUM ANTI FREEZE and water in the cooling system.

6. Use lubricants with the recommended viscosity.

4-15

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

PARKING THE UNIT

Parking the machine Stopping and parking the grader Position the grader in the desired parking area.

Position the blade with the ends within the length limit between the wheels and lower it to the ground.

Put the gear shift lever in neutral and engage the parking brake.

Before turning off the engine, let it run at a speed of 1.4 maximum rotation for 3 – 4 min to cool gradually. Then, move the throttle lever to idle and turn the ignition key to the "OFF" position. Remove the key and set the parking/emergency brake.

Check the torque of the ROPS fastening bolts in the first 50 hours of operation, then check every 500 hours or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in severe conditions, see page 7-68 for further information.

4-16

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS###_5_### RECOVERY TRANSPORT

Towing the machine Moving a disabled machine WARNING Avoid injury!

Incorrect towing procedures can cause accidents. When towing your machine, follow the procedure in this manual.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0476A

NOTICE: Towing the grader is not recommended.

If the machine has issues, you must assess whether it can be moved without damage. If possible, repair the machine at the job site.

Before starting the tow operation, be aware of the following precautions: Models equipped with direct drive transmission: The towing vehicle must have the ability to steer and the braking force to hold its own weight and that of the grader.

The speed at which the disabled machine can be moved during towing should not exceed 2.4 km/h (1.5 mph).

The machines must be attached as closely as possible.

The disabled machine should be moved only the distance necessary to reach a safe repair site.

Before moving a disabled machine you must be able to answer these questions: • Does the towing machine have steering and braking capacity for both machines?

• Do the towing hardware, chains, cables, have the proper capacity to move the machine safely?

• Will the disabled machine have steering and braking capacity?

• Will movement of the machine cause damage to the traction train or moving parts without lubrication?

Additional considerations: • Ensure that all personnel are protected in case of breakage of the towing assembly.

• An operator may only be on the towed vehicle if it has steering and braking capacity.

• Always chock the disabled machine's wheels before releasing the brakes or traction train component.

NOTICE: The Grader's engine should not be started while the machine is being towed. The traction train components will be damaged!

5-1

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

Trailer • Do not start abruptly, pulling the tow chain or cable. Tow slowly until they are stretched out. Only towing an pulling devices should be used for this purpose. Use extreme caution when using towing devices.

• Use the approved drawbar and/or towing point when towing the machine. If you use a cable or a chain, keep personnel away from the tow line. Injuries from a towing cable or chain can be fatal.

• When it is absolutely necessary to tow the machine, do not exceed the recommended towing speed. Make sure the towing machine has sufficient braking capacity to stop the towed load. If the towed machine cannot be braked, a tow bar must be used or two towing machines must be used - one in front pulling and one in the rear to act as a brake. Avoid towing for long distances.

For models with “AWD” front-wheel drive If you need to tow the machine for a longer period, perform the following procedure: • Tow the machine from the front using a hoist, so that the front wheels are suspended and do not touch the ground.

• If it is not possible to tow the machine with a hoist, remove the pinions from the front wheel reducers so that the wheels can turn without turning the hydraulic motors. See the Service Manual for correct disassembly of reducers and removal of the pinions.

• Do not tow the machine for more than ten minutes.

5-2

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS###_6_### Transmission

Transmission operation – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) The gear shift is used to select the appropriate gear, forward and in reverse.

These machines will be equipped with a transmission of 8 forward gears and 4 reverse gears.

Gear shifting is done through an electronic selector that also has the function to prevent the improper change of the gears.

Through this selector, the desired gear (1st, 2nd, etc.) and the direction (forward or reverse) can be selected.

The gear shift command positions are as follows: BRIL12MG0168A0A

1

BRIL12MG0169A0A

2

(F) Forward (N) Neutral (R) Reverse (DS) Downshift (US) Gear change The front panel has a digital indicator that shows what gear the transmission is in. If the digital display reports an error code (error code) it means that there is an abnormality in the transmission operation. In this case, see a CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer to correct the issue Moving from neutral, when the lever is moved (forward or backward), the transmission selects, automatically, the 1st gear according to the chosen direction (1st forward or 1st reverse).

Selection of other gears is done through a simple touch of the selector lever, to the right (increase speed) or to the left (reduce speed). The digital display will always indicate the direction and gear the machine is in.

When the machine is stopped, any gear lower than F3 or R2 can be selected to start again.

The neutral lock is a device that keeps the lever locked (transmission in neutral) thereby avoiding an undesired movement of it.

To select forward or reverse gears, it is necessary to pull the lock ring up, hold and bring the lever to the desired position.

6-1

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Operation instructions Starting the engine Parking brake Moving with the machine

“inching” pedal

The transmission should be in neutral before starting the engine The transmission will not engage any gear with the parking brake set Move the selector level to the desired gear, pulling the safety ring below the handle (the display will show the selected gear). The “inching” pedal can be used similarly to the clutch pedal. Most operators do this use a standard operation for smoother starting Used to start and stop the machine. Used for completion of levelling with very low speeds. Used to increase the speed of the machine when operating at low speeds, thus enhancing the performance of the hydraulic system. (This is rarely necessary due to the large performance margin of the hydraulic system)

NOTE: Do not abruptly press or release the “inching” pedal during a start-up with a lot of load or to release a jammed machine.

Upshifting to a higher gear Change the gear normally, as the speed, slope of the terrain and soil traction conditions allow. Change the gear; do not use the “inching” pedal Downshifting to a lower gear Downshift one gear at a time. Do not force the engine below 1700 RPM. Always keep an eye on the tachometer. Reduce the gear; do not use the “inching” pedal Changing gear when descending During transport descending very steep short inclines, the engine can be driven by the grader wheels. To maintain a high speed, it may be necessary to change a steep slope the gear to prevent over-revving of the engine at the same time as using the brake. Typically, the safest and recommended way is to go down the hill using a low gear, along with the brake, especially for long distances Shifting from forward to reverse, The operator can make these shifts according to normal operating conditions. and reverse to forward The transmission will automatically select the appropriate gear in the opposite direction. The transmission has an internal protection against shock Do not press and suddenly release the “inching” pedal to force movement of Overloading the engine under conditions of excessive blade or the machine ripper load Starting and stopping with the Stop the machine using the “inching” pedal will make the transmission start display indicating a gear higher from 4th gear. On level ground or ground with a moderate incline, start in 4th than 3rd gear and move as conditions allow. In high slopes or under load, reduce to a lower gear and start the machine Carefully read the "Safety Rules" and "Before Operating" sections on pages Safety rules and Safety rules, to protect the machine and safety of personnel.

6-2

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Drive (“Come-Home” emergency operation mode) (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) Come-Home is an emergency function, used in case of failure in the transmission control module. If immediate replacement of the module is not possible, this function allows the machine to be driven to a workshop for repair.

The (16) switch located on the instrument panel has three positions: forward, neutral and reverse. For the system to function, turn off the machine, set the parking brake and place the switch in neutral.

COIL14GRD0075FA

1

BRIL12MG0041A0A

2

BRIL12MG0042A0A

3

Transmission Control Module Connectors Open the cover located on the right side of the operator cab.

NOTE: This cover allows access to two grey connectors and a black one.

Disconnect the grey connectors, (X23) and (X23A).

Connect the top of the (X23) connector to the bottom of the (X23A) connector.

Close the side cover, make sure the parking brake is set and start up the engine.

NOTE: After you release the parking brake, select the desired driving direction (forward - reverse) through the “Come-Home” switch located on the instrument panel.

When the “Come-Home” switch is in the forward position, the system will select the second forward gear.

When the “Come-Home” switch is in the backward position, the system will select the first reverse gear.

After repair of the machine, restore the connections.

(A) “Come-Home” not activated (B) “Come-Home” activated

6-3

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Operating the machine

Machine operation – (General description) Operation instructions This machine and its implements should be operated only by a qualified operator, sitting or standing, depending on working conditions.

Use of the seat belt is always recommended, even in machines equipped with ROPS. Before you operate the machine, check, adjust, and lock the operator bench for best comfort and control of the machine.

This machine is equipped with a steering system that is only effective when the engine is on. If the engine fails, stop the machine immediately.

In emergency stops, activate the service or parking brake.

Check the wheel nuts and wheel rims before any movement. Tighten them to the recommended torque. See page 6-19.

Always leave the rippers fully raised when moving, and lower them to the ground when parked.

Be very careful when pressing the blade against hills, embankments or slopes.

NOTE: When the wheels of the grader are turned to the maximum (in either direction), do not continue to turn the wheel in the same direction (this causes unnecessary wear of pump and valve components of the steering system).

To set the machine in motion, raise the blade, release the parking brake and select the gear and direction desired.

Move the throttle lever to neutral.

Choose the transmission gear that will keep the machine at the appropriate speed for the required load. Low engine speed can be corrected by downshifting or decreasing down the load.

Maximum machine speed should be avoided.

Decrease the speed by applying the brakes (only drag the cutting part of the blade as a last resort).

Improper movement can result in accidents for the operator and also damage to the machine and transmission.

Be alert to the following instructions: 1. Downshift only when the engine speed is below normal for that gear.

2. Downshift only one gear at a time.

NOTICE: Never go down hills with the transmission in neutral. Do not try to decelerate in flat places by downshifting the machine. Reduce engine RPM and apply the service brake. Plan out the planes before entering into motion.

NOTICE: Select the appropriate gear to keep control.

When starting, the transmission engages only when the engine is idling. Changes to faster or slower gears should be done one at a time, and only when the machine speed is close to the speed of the next gear.

The selected transmission gear and engine speed should be adjusted before beginning the earthwork operation.

Never overload the blade because the rear wheels can spin. This, in addition to not changing the earthwork operation, causes unnecessary wear to the rear tires.

By increasing the blade angle (putting one end of the blade far more forward than the other), the load is reduced. Decreasing the blade angle will increase the load.

The blade should be placed so as to release the removed material to the inside or outside of the rear wheels, never below the wheels, unless the operation is packing.

The blade tilter can be used to perform various operations. When the top of the blade is tilted forward, the cutting edge will not cut the material, but will push it. This is useful to push the material in pieces, especially when dealing with heavy materials, since they will run inside the blade, thereby facilitating movement.

Using the blade to drag material should be avoided to the extent possible. This can cause wear in the blade guides and possible ruin the blade positioner piston rod. If you cannot avoid the dragging the blade backward, make sure that the material is not in contact with the blade positioner piston rod.

With the extended or worn blade guides, the earthwork may become unstable.

6-4

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

When you cut or move heavy loads that tend to deflect the machine toward you, tilt the front wheels toward the load to counteract this effect.

NOTE: Remove the ripper teeth before trying to open or clean a ditch.

At the start of digging ditches, position the blade so that the cutting edge (left or right) is directly behind and 76 mm (3 in) below the front wheel with the other end of the blade as high as possible.

Drag the material between the two rear wheels. The first excavation should be light to keep control of the grader and cut a straight ditch line. When material accumulates beneath the machine, it must be moved aside before making a new excavation line of the ditch.

The deeper the ditch, the greater the accumulation of material.

If the ditch is in a "V" shape, each side of the ditch must be dug alternately to allow the front and rear wheels to move the center of the ditch.

When it is necessary to drag material above the filling edge, move the blade to the side; this way the wheels of the grader will not be on the edge of the filling place.

The weight of the grader could make the edge collapse, putting the operator at risk.

When levelling the elbow of a street, you may need to work around some objects, like mailboxes, light poles or pillars. The blade can be set aside, around the object without changing the level of the earthwork.

6-5

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Machine operation – (Slope cutting) NOTE: To position the blade (in this case, to the right-hand side), proceed as follows.

Blade perpendicular to the grader Turn to circle until the blade is perpendicular to the direction of the machine.

COIL14GRD0276AA

1

COIL14GRD0278AA

2

BRIL12MG0239A0A

3

Blade positioned on the right-hand side of the grader Move the blade to the far right, and then move the circle to the right, until the cylinder rod has an extension of 127 mm (5 in).

Lower the blade to the ground with a slight pressure.

Turning the saddle Disengage the lock pin from the saddle. Use the blade lift lever to extend the right cylinder rod and pick up the left-hand cylinder rod (the blade on the ground) to rotate the saddle.

After the saddle has been turned to the desired position (fully, in the 90° position), align the pin holes (with the naked eye) and the re-engage the lock pins.

6-6

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Blade inclined 90° from the grader Lift the blade slowly from the ground and then lift the right end of the blade.

At the same time, turn the circle so that the right end of the blade moves toward the front of the grader (this prevents the left edge of the blade from hitting the ground).

Simultaneously move the circle up using the side shift lever (in this case, pull the circle side shift lever back).

NOTE: As the left end of the blade breaks ground, it is necessary to simultaneously lower the left end of the blade to lift the right end of it.

BRIL12MG0240A0A

4

COIL14GRD0207FA

5

Positioning the circle Continue the operation (with item 4) until the blade is positioned as shown in the illustration.

Then, turn the blade (using the circle rotation) to the desired position.

NOTICE: In ground operations, better control of the blade can be achieved by using the slope of the front wheels to push the blade toward or away from the dump site.

6-7

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Machine operation – (Ripping) To rip any surface, it is preferable to use more teeth with a smaller penetration than to use fewer teeth with a greater penetration. It is preferable to break the material surface in small pieces.

When the ripper is used in populated areas, be careful with shallow culverts, galleries and other utilities.

Use the lowest gears (1st and 2nd gear) with the engine at high speed to keep best control of the grader and to get a well-fractured surface of the material.

The ripper teeth should be in good condition for best results. Never drag the back teeth. This can seriously damage the implement bar.

BRIL12MG0245A0A

1

BRIL12MG0246A0A

2

(1) Rear ripper When operating a machine and it is necessary make a turn, slow down and tilt the front wheels toward the curve.

After completing the curve, straighten the front wheels to the normal position and resume normal speed.

When moving the grader from one location to another, leave the blade within the width limit of the machine and raised as high as possible to avoid accidents.

(2) Front ripper When driving the machine in traffic, always place the manual throttle in idle, choose the desired gear and then use the accelerator/decelerator pedal to control the speed.

The declutch device should be turned off so the engine runs as a retarder.

Make sure that the speed system is working adequately so that the engine rpm returns to idle when the operator removes his/her foot from the accelerator/decelerator pedal.

When operating the grader, obey regulations and be alert to other vehicle traffic.

Be prepared for any emergency.

If the grader is used to maintain congested areas or roads, place warning signs to prevent accidents. Always keep an eye on other vehicle traffic, especially before changing direction or working in traffic.

6-8

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Machine operation – (Articulation system) Operating suggestion Articulated graders can be operated with non-articulated, articulated (1) or “off-set” (crab mode) (2) chassis.

The non-articulated chassis is normally used to level large areas and also for maintenance and road repair.

The turning radius of the articulated chassis (1) is reduced. This makes it easier to control the machine in restricted areas. This also provides more precise control of the movement of material cut by the blade.

In “off-set” (crab mode) (2), the operator can keep the rear of the machine on solid ground when working on embankments. This allows better finishing of drainage channels and reduces the number of passes when spreading materials. It also allows the weight concentration behind the blade in heavy operations.

BRIL12MG0089A0A

1

BRIL12MG0090A0A

2

BRIL12MG0091A0A

3

While most graders can circle a 360° turn, most operations are done with the blade between 15° and 45° relative to the direction of work.

Excessive angulation of the blade reduces the lateral displacement distance of material cut by the blade; it allows, however, deeper cuts and more severe levelling services.

The front pitch tilt of the blade changes the angle of attack and is also very important in productivity.

Tilting the blade forward, facilitates rolling of cut material and allows even better spreading and compacting of material.

Tilting the blade back gives the blade a greater cutting action but reduces the rolling of material along the blade.

The roll-away profile blade keeps the rolling capacity of the material when the blade is tilted back.

The angle of the blade, in cutting, generates lateral stress on the machine. This stress must be overcome by tilting the front wheels and/or the chassis articulation towards the efforts of the blade.

Change of angle, during cutting, is only recommended in machines equipped with phenolic resin plates on the circle supports, so as to reduce friction and wear of the circle table.

(3) Tilt of the front wheels (4) Articulated chassis

6-9

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Machine operation – (Typical operations) Cutting a "V" channel Keep the chassis rigid if cutting a channel in compacted material.

If the soil is loose, pivot the chassis to keep the tandems on ground as solid as possible.

With circle centered under the chassis, position the corner of the blade slightly out from the front tire. Tilt the blade forward until the upper part is aligned with the center of the front tire.

Position the blade so that the unloading of cut material in the center of the machine, between the tandems. Slightly tilt the front wheels in the direction of unloading.

BRIL12MG0056A0A

1

BRIL12MG0057A0A

2

In the first pass, in 1st or 2nd gear, cut just enough to mark the channel alignment. In the second pass, position the wheels within the channel and at a speed slightly higher than that of the first pass, so as to maintain the slope of the walls at 3:1.

Unloading of cut material should be kept between the tandems. A cleaning pass is necessary.

Move the circle and extended blade just behind the material pillar, so as to prevent a landslide into the channel. The corner of the blade should be positioned between tandems, with the blade angled slightly and tilted forward, to facilitate rolling of the material. All channel cutting passes must be made with differential lock, in 2nd or 3rd gear.

To cut channels with slopes with inclination between 1.5:1 and 2:1, move the circle and the blade against the bank.

Align the corner of the blade with the center of the front tire. Position the end of the blade outward from the front tire and tilt the blade slightly forward. Aim the wheels toward the "V" channel in order to deposit cutting material within the channel.

Make a cleaning pass to remove material from the channel, dropping it on the road and spreading it when needed.

6-10

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Terracing - Contours One of the most important applications of graders in agriculture is terracing in contours aimed at containment and distribution of rainwater in agricultural fields, allowing increased productivity and preventing erosion on hillsides.

This work consists of cutting "V" channels, according to the contours of the land, 10 – 100 m away from one another, being further apart for smaller slopes and closer together for greater slopes. These channels also lend themselves to distribution, by gravity, of liquid fertilizers.

Flat bed channel cutting The opening of a flat bed channel is the continuation of a channel cut in a "V." With the circle centered under the chassis in a straight position, position the end of the blade behind the outer edge of the front tire. Angle the blade until the other end reaches the desired channel width and depth (with front rippers possible it is possible to position the blade at 90°, if necessary).

Slowly tilt the blade forward, to spread the material on the channel bed.

This pass should be done in 1st and 2nd gears (with differential lock, if available in the equipment).

In the next pass, push the material out of the channel and on the roadbed. For this, move the circle and blade away from the mount and angle the blade properly to prevent material returning into the channel.

Keep the end of the blade very close to the front tire, to prevent lumps of material from rolling into the channel. In the next pass, lightly spread the material from the edge of the road to the center.

6-11

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Cleaning a wet bed channel The articulated grader makes cleaning wet channels a fairly simple operation.

Pivot the chassis to the OFF-SET position, so as to keep the back tires on solid ground, while the front times run up the bank.

Move the circle and the blade toward the channel, with the blade angled so as to bring the material toward the roadbed.

BRIL12MG0085B0A

6-12

3

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

If the slope of the channel is very steep so that the front wheel loses contact with the soil, try to drive more into or out of the channel in order to keep both wheels on the ground. If you do not want to let the rear wheels touch the slope of the channel, place the wheels partially into the channel so as to slant the machine enough to keep the front wheels in contact with the ground.

6-13

BRIL12MG0058A0A

4

BRIL12MG0059A0A

5

BRIL12MG0060A0A

6

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Roadbeds - Camber After drainage preparation, the next step is to level and camber the road.

Keep the chassis straight, the circle centered and the blade almost perpendicular to the machine so that the material exits from both corners, and cut the crest of the road high enough to allow drainage from both sides.

On subsequent passes, angle the blade between 10 – 25° and tilt it a little forward to allow the material to roll in the direction of the sides of the road.

Make these passes at relatively high speeds, so that the loose material passes beneath the blade before reaching the ends.

On the final pass, on each edge of the road, position the blade tip in line with the tandem so that the rear tires compact the material that may overflow from the side of the blade.

6-14

BRIL12MG0061A0A

7

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Wheels and tires

General information Maintenance of the Tires or Rims Always entrust maintenance of the tires and rims to a qualified professional. It is recommended that the tires be calibrated by this professional. To prevent accidents, use a proper tire fastening device (tire inflation cage), equipment and procedures.

ATTENTION: An explosion that separates the tire (single piece rim) or the tire and/or rim parts (multi-piece rim) can cause serious injuries or death.

Tire Tread Direction When the tire is installed on the wheel, make sure the tire tread is in the direction shown.

1. Rear 2. Front 3. For traction 4. For steering

BRIL12MG0024B0A

6-15

1

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Tire pressure Tires pressure NOTICE: Do not fill the tires with flammable gases or air systems that use alcohol injectors. This could result in explosions and accidents.

BRIL12MG0247A0A

1

(1) Tire inflation nozzle Check the tire pressure using the pressure dial. Normal pressure is:

865B AWD models 14.0 x 24-10 PR (Standard) G2 13.0 x 24-12 PR G2 14.0 x 24-12 PR G2 14.0 x 24-16 PR G2 14.0 x 24 Snow Plus L2 16.0 x 24-12 PR G2 17.5 x 25-12 PR L2 17.5 x 25-16 PR L3 17.5 x 25 XTLA 17.5 x 25 Snow Plus L2 14.00 R24 XGLA

225 kPa 275 kPa 250 kPa 275 kPa 300 kPa 225 kPa 225 kPa 350 kPa 240 kPa 240 kPa 310 kPa

(33 psi) (40 psi) (36 psi) (40 psi) (44 psi) (33 psi) (33 psi) (51 psi) (35 psi) (35 psi) (45 psi)

250 kPa 275 kPa 300 kPa 225 kPa 225 kPa 240 kPa 240 kPa 310 kPa

(36 psi) (40 psi) (44 psi) (33 psi) (33 psi) (35 psi) (35 psi) (45 psi)

885B AWD models 14.0 x 24-12 PR G2 14.0 x 24-16 PR G2 14.0 x 24 Snow Plus L2 16.0 x 24-12 PR G2 17.5 x 25-12 PR (Standard) L2 17.5 x 25 XTLA 17.5 x 25 Snow Plus L2 14.00 R24 XGLA

6-16

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Do not get in front of the tire during filling or when servicing. Stand to the side of the time and extend your arm to the filling valve.

Make sure that the tires are correctly inflated at the pressure specified. Inspect the condition of the tires periodically.

Check only when the wheels and tires are cold. Avoid inflating tires with pressure below that recommended. Do not use reworked rims or wheels. Incorrect and excessive soldering can weaken them and cause a failure.

Always use an inflation cage, safety cables or chains to remove the tire locking rings or to inflate the tires. Empty the tires before removing the rings or locking elements from the band, according to local requirements.

Never begin to inflate a tire if the side band is not correctly seated on the rim or side fastening ring. Incorrect pressure contributes to tire failures. Inflating the time with pressure below normal causes damage to the inner tire belt.

Excessive and repeated bending of the side band can possibly cause cracks and separation of the inner belts.

Inflating the tire with very high pressure should also be avoided. For driving on sandy terrain or terrain with low resistance, the pressure must be reduced.

If operations 24 h do not all the tire inflation pressure to be checked when completely cold, a correction factor can be used and determined by experience.

Check the tire pressure as often as possible with cold tires and two hours after the start of work with the machine. The mean difference should be added to the recommended filling pressure when the check is done during the machine work.

Continuous operation of the machine generates heat, causing the tire temperature to rise, resulting in increased pressure. This increase in pressure is normal and allowed for the tires.

NOTICE: Travel pressures are recommended to optimize machine performance during movement on open roads without load. Before returning to work, it is necessary to recalibrate the tires for work pressure, thus avoiding damage to the tire side band.

NOTE: Never exceed the maximum pressure stamped on the side of the tires.

6-17

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Tires pressure - Check - Calibration Calibrating the tires 1. Before filling the tire, properly install the wheel on the machine or hold the wheel in a suitable fixture (tire inflation cage).

2. Use an air hose with a remote shut-off valve and an air nozzle with automatic lock.

3. Position yourself in front of the tire tread and make sure that all people are away from the side of the tire before starting the filling operation.

4. Inflate the tire to recommended pressure. Do NOT inflate the tire with a pressure greater than that recommended according to the table on page 6-16.

6-18

BRIL12MG0092A0A

1

BRIL12MG0093A0A

2

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Wheel nuts torque NOTE: The wheel nuts should be checked periodically. Apply 625 N·m (461 lb ft) torque in the sequence indicated below.

865B AWD models

BRIL12MG0129A0A

1

BRIL12MG0063A0A

2

885B AWD models

6-19

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Bracket – (Tandem lock) NOTE: Your grader is equipped with two tandem lock cradles (one on each side). Use the lock cradles if a tire is punctured or deflated. This prevents further damage to the tire and allows the tire to be repaired and put into operation again.

Tandem lock cradle To use the tandem lock cradle, perform the following procedure: 1.

Loosen the front fixing pin (1) of the tandem lock cradle.

2.

Slide the cradle out, until the cradle comes out of the front link pin and can be turned down around the rear link pin.

3.

With the help of a hydraulic jack (or other lifting equipment) positioned under the tandem chain box in the area of the punctured tire, level it until the lock cradle can be installed freely on the tandem link pin.

COIL14GRD0219AA

1

COIL14GRD0220BA

2

4. Fit the lock cradle on the tandem link pin (2)and insert the cradle fixing pin to prevent it from coming out.

5. Drive the machine at low speed to a workshop to repair the tire.

6. After you change the tire, return the tandem lock cradle to its original position.

6-20

7 - MAINTENANCE

7 - MAINTENANCE###_7_### GENERAL INFORMATION

Maintenance and adjustments WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

WARNING Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) required.

When assembling, operating, or servicing the machine, wear protective clothing and PPE necessary for the particular procedure. Some PPE that may be necessary includes protective shoes, eye and/or face protection, hard hat, heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing protection.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0353A

NOTICE: • Lifting the equipment or moving the machine without the operator can cause injuries or death. Before leaving the operator's cab, always support or lower the equipment (blade, ripper, etc.) to the ground and turn off the engine.

• Only use original parts and recommended fluids and lubricants.

NOTE: Using fuel, lubricants, fluids or spare parts other than those recommended will immediately void the warranty.

• Never change the fuel injection pump governor setting or the hydraulic system safety valve setting. Lead seals should be removed only by authorized personnel. Otherwise, the manufacturer rejects any responsibility in regard to the warranty.

• Always keep electrical components protected from water and humidity.

• Never remove electrical components such as the main electronic central unit, sensors, etc. as they may be irreversibly damaged.

• Clean the grease fittings before lubrication. Clean around plugs and filler holes before adding fluid. No dust or dirt must enter the components or the circuits.

• Any modification to this machine without prior authorization could cause serious injury. Do not make any modifications without authorization. Consult your authorized dealer CASE CONSTRUCTION. • Take particular care to replace all filters regularly. Clean filters mean longer engine running life.

• Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

NOTICE: When it is necessary to wash the machine, do NOT direct pressurized water or steam directly onto electrical or electronic components. Protect the following components: • Solenoid valves • CPU, panels, and electronics • Alternator and starter motor • Electrical connectors and wiring harnesses • Fuses and relays

7-1

7 - MAINTENANCE

Preparing the machine for maintenance NOTICE: Do not allow unauthorized persons to perform maintenance or repairs on the machine. Read this Manual carefully before starting, operating, filling or servicing the machine.

To start the maintenance procedures: 1. Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2. Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3. Support the implements on the ground.

4. Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5. Set the park brake.

6. Place the safety, transport, and service latch in the lock position.

7. Place chocks on each wheel of the machine.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

147783A1_B

2

8. Make sure that all residual pressure is relieved from circuits before beginning verification and maintenance procedures.

9. Attach a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag on the instrument cluster to inform that the machine is out of operation for inspection or maintenance.

NOTE: This tag will prevent accidental start-up of the machine.

NOTE: Additional tags may be requested from an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

7-2

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hour meter The hourmeter enables you to schedule the maintenance and lubrication operations of the machine.

• Its hourly indications are the same as those of a clock when the engine is running.

• The machine hours are always shown briefly at start-up.

• After starting the machine, the display changes to show the speed of the engine or the seed of the machine.

• The maintenance intervals are carefully calculated to guarantee safe and efficient machine operation.

ALLX16LCD0017AC

3

COIL14GRD0186AA

4

48097857_A

5

• Take a reading of the machine's hours worked and determine, based on the lubrication and maintenance table when and what type of maintenance is required.

• When you service your machine, use only the high quality lubricants recommended by CASE CONSTRUCTION. • Service intervals indicated in the table refer to a machine working under normal operating conditions.

• During the first hours of operation of the machine, or in severe conditions or in environments with a high concentration of dust, water, or mud, the intervals for maintenance must be reduced.

ATTENTION: Be sure to carry out all the servicing operations properly as defined in this manual.

Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission and “AWD”

7-3

7 - MAINTENANCE

Maintenance NOTICE: Most accidents involving machine inspection and maintenance services can be avoided by following basic safety procedures and precautions. Read and understand all the safety warnings contained in this manual and all the safety decals on the machine. Correctly follow the maintenance procedures.

• Unauthorized modifications to this machine may cause injury or death. Do not modify this machine without prior authorization. Always consult an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer before welding, cutting or drilling your machine.

• Never service the machine (lubrication, repairs, adjustments) with the engine running, unless it is recommended. If you need to service this machine with the engine running, obtain assistance from another person. Follow the instructions in this manual or the service manual. Do not leave the operator's seat when the engine is running.

• When removing or installing a machine component, make sure that the supports and lifting devices are appropriate for the load to be supported. Always remember that the fixing point that you choose on the machine for lifting must be suitable for the planned load and that the area for supporting the machine on the ground must be stable.

• Be well aware of the capacity of service jacks and other lifting equipment, as well as how to use them.

• Any load lifted with a service jack or with other lifting equipment is dangerous. Before starting work on the machine, transfer the weight from the jacks to another more secure means of support.

• Before performing inspection or maintenance services on the machine or on any component that may fall, make sure this component is securely locked, chocked, supported or blocked. Protect sharp objects and edges when carrying out service on the machine.

• Do not work around knuckles or other components of the machine which are not adequately supported and blocked. Stand clear of the center pivot area of this machine when the engine is running unless the lock pin for transport and maintenance is in the LATCHED position. After carrying out maintenance, return the lock pin to the OPERATING position.

• If maintenance on the machine is required while the blade is raised, always lock the lifting cylinders.

• Never perform repairs on mechanical or pressurized components or components with fluid or gas before relieving the pressure according to the specifications of each component.

• Never use gasoline, diesel, petroleum jelly or other flammable products for cleaning operations.

Only use authorized commercial solvents that are non-flammable and non-toxic.

• Never use your hand or any other body part to identify hydraulic leaks. The hydraulic system operates under high pressure and any leak, no matter how small, can penetrate the skin, causing serious injuries. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to locate the leak. Relieve the hydraulic pressure before shutting down the circuits, and when redoing the connections, make sure they are tight.

• Prior to performing maintenance operations that involve handling lubricant fluids, grease or coolant liquids, make sure to use certified protective equipment, such as protective clothing, rubber gloves and safety goggles to prevent contact with the eyes and skin.

Prolonged contact of the skin with these substances could cause irritation and other problems on the skin.

In the event an accidental contact occurs, wash with plenty of water and seek medical attention, if required.

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) provide information about the chemicals that a product contains, safe handling procedures, first aid measures and procedures to be followed when the product accidentally spills or leaks. MSDSs are available from your dealer.

• When carrying out repairs on the machine and discarding old fluids and lubricants, always responsible for the environment. Do NOT put oil or fluids onto the ground or into containers that can leak. Consult the local recycling or environmental protection center, or an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer, for information about proper disposal.

• Due to the presence of flammable fluids, do not use matches, cigarette lighters, or torches as light sources when you service the machine.

• Keep your hands and face away from loose connections during pressure tests on the injectors and injection systems. Also, wear protective glasses with side shields.

• Metal chips or debris can cause eye injury. Always use face or eye shields, especially when the use of a hammer is required for any task on this machine. Use a hammer with a soft face, such as bronze, to install hardened pins.

7-4

7 - MAINTENANCE

• When maintenance operations require access to any component or areas that cannot be reached from the ground, use a ladder or platform. If you do not have this equipment, use the means of access available on the machine, such as handrails and steps. Perform these operations with care.

• Disconnect the batteries before working on the electrical system.

• Make sure that all auxiliary electrical equipment (heaters, battery chargers, pumps and others) are properly grounded.

• Prior to starting the engine, warn all persons performing operations or working around the machine. Sound the horn.

• Always lock engine hood before servicing any component inside the engine compartment.

• Keep everyone away from the implements. Avoid accidents.

• Always use suitable tools to align the holes. Do not use hands or fingers.

• Clean the machine regularly. The accumulation of grease, dirt and debris can cause possible injuries or harm to the machine. Keep the workshop clean.

• Before performing any soldering on this machine, disconnect the negative (-) cable from the battery.

7-5

7 - MAINTENANCE

Safety checks NOTICE: To operate the machine correctly means to prolong its working life. Follow the instructions contained in this manual before performing any maintenance on the machine.

Check the machine every day before commencing the work: 1. Check controls and instruments.

2. Check the levels of fluid, oils, fuel, and coolant with the machine parked on firm, level ground, and the engine cold.

3. Check the hydraulic lines for leaks, kinking, wear or damages.

4. Visually inspect the machine outside, considering its condition. If there is any change, immediately repair or contact a dealer.

5. If the machine exhibits any fault, repair before starting or contact your dealer.

BRCE12CEXLUE840

Variable periodic maintenance • Some working environments require that maintenance be performed more frequently.

• Dust, dirt, moisture, extreme hot or cold, and many other factors should be taken into consideration when servicing the machine.

• Certain equipment or auxiliary tools may cause more stress on hydraulics, drivetrain, engines, or filters.

• Always check the level of fluids, and drain or fill the various compartments, with the machine on level ground and the engine shut down.

• The intervals specified in this manual refer to normal operating conditions. During the initial period of use (running in) and specific operating conditions, service intervals may be reduced.

• Drain the oil immediately after turning off the engine, because it will still be hot and this will facilitate drainage.

This will also help the removal of impurities.

• After refilling the system at the change intervals, oil should be checked only after the engine has run for a few minutes at idle. This practice will ensure that the various engine components, such as the exchanger, filters, lines, etc., will be completed before the level is checked.

• The following maintenance should be performed on regular schedules, but often need special attention when conditions require.

7-6

6

7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine Air Filter • Replace the primary element if the air filter restriction indicator lights up.

• Inspect the filter for damage.

• Wipe off the filter seal, and clean all dust from air cleaner housing.

• Never use water to clean the primary filter.

• For complete information see the maintenance chart and air filter replacement in this section.

Radiator • Check the machine for debris, especially around the engine area and radiator.

• Make sure these areas are clean.

• Check the coolant level at the coolant reservoir.

Water separator filter • Check for water in the fuel system.

• Low temperatures can cause water to collect in the fuel reservoir.

• Check if there is water in the fuel separator filter.

• Drain any sediment and/or water that collects in the fuel system.

NOTE: This should be a periodic maintenance procedure dependent upon climate and use conditions.

Fuses • If a fuse is defective, an indicator light will illuminate.

• Always replace fuses with a fuse of the correct amperage.

NOTE: If a fuse blows, replace it at once. Locate the problem and if it reoccurs, have it checked by a service technician.

7-7

7 - MAINTENANCE

Lubrication analysis program Systemgard TM lubricant analysis program See your authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer about the Systemgard TM lubricant analysis program. Through this service, your lubricants will be analyzed at an independent laboratory. All you will need to do is take a lubricant sample from your machine and send it to the Systemgard TM laboratory.

After processing the sample, the laboratory will send a report advising on the servicing that your machine requires.

Thus, the Systemgard TM lubricant analysis program helps keep your equipment in perfect condition and provides a service whose benefits are worthwhile at the time of replacement of your used equipment with another new product from the CASE CONSTRUCTION line.

7-8

7 - MAINTENANCE

Transport and maintenance service pin Lock pin for transport and handling NOTICE: Stay clear of this area when the engine is running. The machine can pivot if the lock pin for transport and maintenance is not in the LOCKED position. After completion of maintenance, unlock the lock pin for transport and maintenance and put it in the work position on the rear chassis.

Before transporting or servicing this machine, always put the lock pin for transport and maintenance in the LOCKED position.

Straight locked grader position

BRIL12MG0064A0A

1

BRIL12MG0065A0A

2

Operating position

After performing maintenance and before moving the machine, put the lock pin for transport and maintenance in the OPERATING position.

7-9

7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine hood 1. Press the catch button on the handle (1) and lift the engine hood.

2. Lift the hood until it locks into the open position.

3. To close the hood, pull the strap (2) and make sure the latch locks properly.

COIL14GRD0104AA

7-10

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

Access doors 1. Engine hood

COIL14GRD0104AA

1

BRIL12MG0250A0A

2

BRIL12MG0252A0A

3

BRIL12MG0251A0A

4

2. Cab air filter

3. Windshield washer reservoir filler neck

4. Lateral console fuse and relay box

7-11

7 - MAINTENANCE

5. Fuse and relay box on the front console, on the steering column

COIL14GRD0189AA

7-12

5

7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine oil NOTICE: For information about engine oil filling specifications and capacities, see page 8-1.

NOTICE: For more information replacing the filter and changing the engine oil, see page 7-54.

Engine oil viscosity recommendation/Temperature range of use

COIL14GRD0127FA

1.

2.

3.

4.

1

Tropical All seasons Winter Artic

NOTE: If you are in one of the shaded areas, you need to use an oil heater or an engine coolant heater.

7-13

7 - MAINTENANCE

Diesel fuel WARNING Fire hazard!

When handling diesel fuel, observe the following precautions: 1. Do not smoke.

2. Never fill the tank when the engine is running.

3. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0099A

Fuel Conditioner Diesel fuel conditioner is available from an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

Follow the directions on the conditioner container. Fuel conditioner will: 1. Clean the fuel injectors, valves and distribution collector, increasing the operating life of the engine.

2. Disperse the paraffin deposits that can form in the fuel system.

3. Separate moisture from the fuel.

4. Stabilize the stored fuel.

Diesel fuel • Use No. 2 Diesel fuel in the engine of this machine.

NOTE: The use of other fuels can cause the loss of engine power and high fuel consumption.

• In very cold temperatures, a mixture of No. 1 and No. 2 is acceptable.

NOTE: See your fuel dealer for winter fuel requirements in your region. If the temperature of the fuel drops below the cloud point (wax appearance point), wax crystals in the fuel will cause the engine to lose power or fail to start.

• The Diesel fuel used in this machine must meet the specifications in the chart below or Specification D975-81 of the American Society for Testing and Materials.

BRCE12MGLUE0120

Fuel filler cap

Fuel storage • Storing fuel for long periods causes sediment or water to build up in the storage tank.

• Many engine problems are caused by water in the fuel.

• Keep the fuel storage tank outside and keep the fuel as cool as possible.

• Remove water from the storage container at regular intervals.

• Fill the fuel tank at the end of the daily operating period to prevent condensation in the fuel tank.

7-14

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

Specifications for Acceptable No. 2 Diesel Fuel API gravity, minimum Flash point, minimum Cloud point (wax formation), maximum Pour point, maximum Distillation temperature, 90% point Viscosity at 38 °C (100 °F) Centistokes Saybolt universal seconds Cetane number, minimum Water and sediment by volume, maximum

34 60 °C (140 °F) –20 °C (–5 °F) (see note) –26 °C (–15 °F) (see note) 282 – 338 °C (540 – 640 °F) 2.0 to 4.3 32 to 40 43 (45 to 55 in winter or at high altitudes) 0.05 %

7-15

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic fluid NOTICE: For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

ATTENTION: The hydraulic system is under pressure! Before replacing the hydraulic filter or servicing the system, slowly loosen the filler cap of the hydraulic reservoir to relieve pressure. For more information about replacing the hydraulic filter, see page 7-58, and about changing the hydraulic fluid, see page 7-91.

7-16

7 - MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE CHART

Maintenance chart Drain fluid Fueling Cleaning Replace Check

Lubrification Adjust Change fluid Charge

Maintenance action

Page no.

When the warning lamp lights x Warning indicators (Check) First 10 hours x Break-in period (Check) Initial 50 hours x Break-in period (Check) First 100 hours x Break-in period (Replacement) As required x Engine air filter (Replacement) x Radiator – Cleaning x Windshield washer reservoir x Alternator drive belt (Replace) Every 10 hours or daily service x Engine oil (Level check) x Engine coolant (Level check) x Transmission fluid (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Level check) Every 50 hours or weekly x Hydraulic fluid (Level check) x Fuel filter (Draining condensation) Every 100 hours x Lubrication points Every 250 hours x Engine air filter (Restriction sensor) (Check) x Cab air filter (Cleaning) x Air-conditioning compressor belt (Check) x Alternator drive belt (Check) x Gearbox oil (Circle turn oil) (Level check) x Tires (Condition and pressure check) x Lubrication points (Models with AWD front-wheel drive system) Every 500 hours x Fuel filter/Water separator filter (Replacement) x Fuel reservoir (Drain) x Engine oil and filter (Replacement) x Air intake lines (Checking the hoses) x Hydraulic filter (Replacement) x Hydraulic suction filter (Cleaning) x Transmission filter (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Replacement) x Tandem drive box oil (Level check) x Tandem drive box oil (Collection for analysis of contamination) x Rear axle oil (Level check) x Rollover protective structure (ROPS) (Check) 7-17

7-19 7-20 7-21 7-22 7-23 7-26 7-28 7-29 7-31 7-32 7-34

7-35 7-36 7-37 7-40 7-42 7-43 7-44 7-46 7-47 7-48

7-51 7-53 7-54 7-57 7-58 7-60 7-62 7-63 7-65 7-66 7-68

7 - MAINTENANCE

Drain fluid Fueling Cleaning Replace Check Maintenance action x Seat belt (Check) x Operator seat (Check) x Hydraulic filter (“AWD” front-wheel drive system) (Replacement) Circle (Check and adjustment) Every 1000 hours Transmission fluid (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Change) x Engine valve (Clearance and adjustment check) Gearbox oil (Turning circle oil) (Change) All wheel drive final oil (Change) EVERY 2000 HOURS Engine coolant (Change) (For models up to series NGAF05814) Rear axle oil (Change) Tandem drive box oil (Change) Hydraulic fluid (Change) EVERY 4000 HOURS Engine coolant (Change) (For models from series NGAF05815) General maintenance Air conditioning (Charging refrigerant) Parking brake (Models with “Direct Drive” transmission x (Check) x Cab (Check) x Fire extinguisher (Check) x Drawbar (Check) x Hydraulic diagnostic panel (Check) Electrical x Batteries (Safe operation) x Fuses and relays (Models with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Check) x Fuses (Replacement) x Radio (Electrical system)

7-18

Lubrification Adjust Change fluid Charge Page no.

7-71 7-73 7-75 x

7-76 x

7-79

x x

7-81 7-82 7-83

x

7-85

x x x

7-87 7-89 7-91

x

7-93

x

7-95 7-98 7-100 7-101 7-102 7-103 7-104 7-107 7-111 7-112

7 - MAINTENANCE

When the warning lamp lights

Warning indicators (Check) Critical warning master indicator NOTE: When the critical warning master indicator light comes on, it will be necessary to stop the machine safely and immediately SHUT DOWN the engine. When a failure occurs, an audible alarm will sound continuously and the stop master indicator will be RED and will appear in the message area.

The following are some of the critical warning indicators that may appear on the instrument cluster. For more information, see item "8. Stop master indicator light (red, critical)” on page 3-38.

• Engine Oil Pressure • Brake pressure • Coolant temperature • Hydraulic fluid temperature high • Transmission fluid temperature • (AWD) front-wheel drive control

Non-critical warning master indicator NOTE: When the non-critical warning master indicator light comes on, change your operation mode, schedule an interruption in work for maintenance or, if the condition persists, contact an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

When a failure occurs, an audible alarm will sound for 3 seconds and the warning master indicator will be Yellow and will appear in the message area.

The following are some of the non-critical warning indicators that may appear on the instrument cluster. For more information, see item "9. Warning master indicator light (yellow, non-critical)" on page 3-38.

• Park Brake • Coolant temperature • Hydraulic fluid temperature • Transmission fluid temperature • air filter • Tranmission filter • 'Hydraulic system filter • Alternator • Fuel • Hydraulic fluid filter of the (AWD) front-wheel drive system • (AWD) front-wheel drive system control.

NOTE: This error does not appear described on the LCD of the panel. The indicator will just be YELLOW.

7-19

7 - MAINTENANCE

First 10 hours

Break-in period (Check) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

Within the first 10 hours of work, perform the following procedures: • Inspect the entire machine.

• Check all bolts and other controls. Tighten if necessary.

• Check the hydraulics system.

• Check electrical system.

7-20

7 - MAINTENANCE

Initial 50 hours

Break-in period (Check) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

NOTE: Operate the machine with moderate load in the first 50 hours of operation. Efficient operation is with the engine coolant temperature in the GREEN area of the indicator. Operation of the engine with the temperature below this range will cause incomplete combustion of fuel, higher consumption, power loss and accumulation of debris inside the engine.

Within the first 50 hours of work, perform the following procedures: • Check the torque of the ROPS mounting bolts in the first 50 hours of operation. After the initial break-in period, check every 500 hours, or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in severe conditions, see page 7-68 for further information.

• Check the tandem wheel nuts.

• Check the wheel fastening nuts.

• Replace the hydraulic fluid filter in the first 50 hours of operation. After the initial break-in period, every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions, or if the main warning indicator (non-critical warnings – YELLOW) shows "HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FILTER". See page 7-58 for further information.

• Replace the transmission fluid filter (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) in the first 50 hours of operation. After the initial break-in period, every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions, or if the main warning indicator (non-critical warnings – YELLOW) shows "TRANSMISSION FILTER". See page 7-62 for further information.

7-21

7 - MAINTENANCE

First 100 hours

Break-in period (Replacement) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

Within the first 100 hours of work, perform the following procedures: • Replace the hydraulic filter of the (AWD) front-wheel drive system within the first 100 hours of operation.

After the initial break-in period, every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions, or if the main warning indicator (non-critical warnings – YELLOW) shows "HYDRAULIC FILTER OF THE FRONT-WHEEL DRIVE PUMP" , see page 7-75 for further information.

• Replace the oil in the reducers of the (AWD) frontwheel drive system within the first 100 hours of operation. After the initial break-in period, every 1000 hours of operation, or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in severe conditions, see page 7-83 for further information.

7-22

7 - MAINTENANCE

As required

Engine air filter (Replacement) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

Replacing the engine air filters NOTICE: The primary and secondary engine air filter elements must be replaced when the warning master indicator light (yellow, non-critical) lights up on the instrument cluster, indicating high air filter restriction.

COIL15WEL0209AA

1

COIL14GRD0079AA

2

COIL17GRD0374AA

3

To replace the engine air filters, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine. Place the ignition key in the OFF position.

5.

Set the park brake.

6.

Open the engine hood.

7. Loosen the four fastening clips (1) to remove the cover from the air filter housing.

8. Remove the cover (2) from the air filter housing.

7-23

7 - MAINTENANCE

9. Remove the primary air filter element (3) by pulling the element out, making small circular movements.

NOTE: The seals of the air filter elements are only fitted on a seat in the housing.

COIL17GRD0376AA

4

COIL17GRD0377AA

5

COIL17GRD0378AA

6

COIL17GRD0379AA

7

10. Before you remove the secondary element (4), clean the inside of the air filter housing (2) and the air filter housing cover. Use a clean, damp cloth.

NOTE: This procedure prevents the entry of dust particles or dirt into the turbocharger input lines.

11. Press the dust valve (5) at the bottom of the filter housing to remove any accumulated dust and dirt.

12. After you clean the housing, remove the secondary element (6) the same way that you removed the primary element.

13. Visually inspect the inside of the filter outlet lines (7) to check for any trace of impurities.

7-24

7 - MAINTENANCE

NOTE: The primary and secondary elements must be replaced at the same time. Never judge the life of a filter element by its appearance. An element that appears to be saturated may have still a life equal to another filter that looks clean.

14. Install the new secondary element (6) in the housing. Take care not to damage the seal.

NOTE: Make sure that the seal is properly seated on the bottom of the housing.

COIL17GRD0377AA

8

COIL17GRD0375AA

9

15. Install the new primary element (3) in the housing.

Take care not to damage the seal.

NOTE: Make sure that the seal is properly seated on the bottom of the housing.

16. Put the filter housing cover (2) in place. Secure with the four fastening clips (1).

17. Close the engine hood.

COIL17GRD0374AA

7-25

10

7 - MAINTENANCE

Radiator - Cleaning CAUTION Eye injury hazard!

Wear protective goggles when using compressed air.

Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.

C0035A

Cleaning the radiator fins To clean the radiator, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine, placing the ignition key in the OFF position (off).

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0132BA

2

6. Note the direction of the air flow when in normal operation shown in the figure

7-26

7 - MAINTENANCE

7. Use the air compressor and an appropriate nozzle to blast the air in the center of the radiator in the opposite direction from the flow of air to remove all deposits and dirt.

NOTE: Limit the pressure to 2.0 Kg/cm² (28.4 psi).

NOTE: It may be necessary to rinse the outside of the center of the radiator with water and detergent to remove solidified dirt.

(1) Air nozzle (2) Radiator tubes (3) Radiator fins

BRIL12MG0264A0A

3

BRIL12MG0263A0A

4

(4) Dirt

7-27

7 - MAINTENANCE

Windshield washer resevoir WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

Filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir To fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine, placing the ignition key in the OFF position (off).

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0111AA

2

NOTE: The windshield washer fluid reservoir is located in the lower compartment of the cab on the right-hand side of the machine.

NOTICE: When the ambient temperature is equal to or less than 0 °C (32 °F) always use fluid that as anti-freeze additive, ratio of 50% water and 50% additive.

6. To add fluid, pull up the cover of the filler neck (see figure 2).

7-28

7 - MAINTENANCE

Alternator drive belt (Replacement) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

Alternator belt replacement NOTICE: The alternator belt must be replaced as necessary.

To replace the alternator belt, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0098AA

2

COIL14GRD0099AA

3

6. Remove the panel located behind the driver's seat.

7. Remove the alternator belt (1) using a 1/2 in quad wrench.

(1) Alternator belt (2) Water pump pulley (3) Engine flywheel pulley (4) 12.7 mm (0.5 in) square (5) Belt tensioner Alternator (6) 8. Check the condition of the belt tensioner and tensioner bearing. Replace if necessary. Consult an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer for more information.

NOTE: Rotate the tensioner pulley by hand, making sure it can turn freely, without any point of resistance, grabbing, locking, etc.

7-29

7 - MAINTENANCE

9. Install a new belt, carefully watching so that the grooves “Poly-V” fit perfectly with the existing channels on the alternator pulleys and the vibration damper, using a 1/2 in socket wrench and working on the tensioner fitting.

BRIL12MG0281A0A

7-30

4

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 10 hours or daily

Engine oil (Checking the level) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The engine oil level should be checked every 10 hours of operation or each day, whichever occurs first.

For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

Checking the engine oil level To check the engine oil level, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine. Place the ignition key in the OFF position.

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0096A0A

2

BRIL12MG0095A0A

3

6. Remove the dipstick (1) to check the engine oil level.

7. Wipe the dipstick clean and reinsert it. The oil level should register at the FULL mark.

8. Add oil if the level is below the ADD mark (top up), through the filler neck (2). Do not over fill engine oil.

NOTE: This procedure is best performed at the beginning of a work day when the engine is cool and all the oil is accumulated in the crankcase.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

7-31

7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine coolant (Checking the level) WARNING Burn hazard!

Hot coolant can spray and scald if you remove the radiator or deaeration tank cap while the system is hot. To remove the cap: allow the system to cool, turn the cap to the first notch, and wait for all pressure to release. Remove the cap only after all pressure has released.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0367A

NOTICE: The engine coolant level should be checked every 10 hours of operation or each day, whichever occurs first. For engine coolant specifications, see page 8-1.

Checking the engine coolant level To check the engine coolant level, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

6.

Wait for the engine to cool.

7.

Check the engine coolant level through the level gauge (2) on the side of the expansion tank.

8.

Add coolant, if required.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0125AA

2

ATTENTION: Turn the expansion reservoir cap (1) slowly to release the pressure before removing it or until the pressure has been released. Coolant can blow out and cause burns.

9.

Use the correct ratio of water and antifreeze or coolant if the system coolant level is low.

NOTE: Never add only anti-freeze in the cooling system.

10. Do not exceed the fill limit.

11. Firmly tighten the expansion tank cap (1).

7-32

7 - MAINTENANCE

Coolant A mixture of 50% anti-freeze and 50% water must be used in this machine. This mixture is recommended for use in locations where minimum ambient temperatures are above –37 °C (–34 °F). If the ambient temperature is lower, adjust the composition of the mixture to 60% anti-freeze and 40% water. You should use anti-freeze and water in your machine all year.

(1) Expansion tank cap (2) Coolant level gauge (3) Deaeration record NOTE: After you top up the cooling system, start the engine. Run the engine at operating temperature for approximately 5 minutes to mix the anti-freeze and the water properly. This procedure should be performed when the machine is in an environment with a temperature under 0 °C (32 °F).

NOTICE: Hot coolant can spray out if radiator cap is removed. To remove the expansion reservoir cap: let the cooling system cool, turn the cap to the first opening stage, wait until the internal pressure has been released and, then, remove the cap. Very fast removal of the expansion reservoir cap can cause burns. Check and service the engine cooling system, as per the servicing instructions.

7-33

COIL14GRD0125AA

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

Transmission fluid – (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Level check) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

NOTICE: The transmission fluid level should be checked every 10 hour of operation or each day, whichever occurs first. For transmission fluid specifications, refer to page 8-1.

NOTE: Always check the transmission fluid level with the engine running. With the engine turned off, the fluid level will be greater than the actual level, since the fluid will return from the cooler to the transmission crankcase.

Checking the transmission fluid level To check the transmission fluid level, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Set the park brake.

5.

With the transmission in manual, move the gear selector lever to all positions F-N-R, 1, 2, 3.

6.

Position the selector lever in the Neutral position and let the engine idle.

7.

If the fluid is cold, let the engine run at idle speed for 2 – 3 min.

8.

Preferably do this check when the fluid temperature is in the normal operating range ( 80 – 90 °C).

9.

Loosen the dipstick, located on the left-hand side of the engine, by turning it counter-clockwise. Remove the tube and clean it.

10. Reinsert the dipstick until it makes contact with the tube nozzle and pull it out again to read the level.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0034A0A

2

BRIL12MG0033A0A

3

11. Add fluid if needed, to the maximum level.

12. Reinsert the dipstick and tighten it by turning it clockwise.

7-34

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 50 hours or weekly

Hydraulic fluid (Checking the level) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The hydraulic fluid level should be checked every 50 hour of operation or weekly, whichever occurs first.

For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

Checking the hydraulic fluid level To check the hydraulic fluid level, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0128A0A

2

BRIL12MG0098A0A

3

6. Check the hydraulic fluid level in the sight gauge (1).

NOTE: The level should be within the central range of the dial.

7. If you need to add fluid, make sure that all pressure is relieved in the system.

8. Slowly loosen the tank cap (2) and fill until the correct fluid level is reached.

9. Reinstall cap, tightening firmly in place.

7-35

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuel filter (Draining condensation) WARNING Risk of explosion!

Fuel vapors are explosive and flammable.

Do not smoke while handling fuel. Keep fuel away from flames or sparks. Stop the engine and remove the key before performing maintenance service. Always work in a well-ventilated area. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.

Failure to comply with these recommendations could result in death or serious injury.

Draining fuel filter condensation NOTICE: Drain the water and sediment from the fuel filter every 50 hours of operation or weekly, or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions or if the fuel quality is poor.

To drain the water and sediment from the fuel filter, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine, placing the ignition key in the OFF position (off).

5.

Set the park brake.

6.

Remove the electrical connector from the bottom of water separator filter (1).

7.

Open the drain valve (2) of the separator filter by turning it all the way counter-clockwise.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0111AA

2

NOTE: The drain valve is a built-in part of the water presence sensor connector.

8.

Drain the water accumulated until clean fuel begins to come out.

9.

Close the drain valve.

NOTICE: The drain valve is made of plastic. Do not tighten excessively when closing it.

10. Install the electrical connector.

11. Using the handle (3) of the filter head hand pump, pump until the system is full of fuel again.

NOTE: A greater resistance will be felt in the handle.

7-36

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 100 hours

Lubrication points WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The grease fittings must be lubricated every 100 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions such as water or mud. For grease specifications, see page 8-1.

Grease fitting lubrication To lubricate the machine grease fittings, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

6.

Clean around the area to be lubricated before service.

7.

Inject grease at the lubrication points indicated in the following illustrations.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0083AA

2

Blade lift cylinder balls There are 2 lubrication points.

Apply 6 to 12 doses to each.

7-37

7 - MAINTENANCE

Drawbar ball and socket Only one lubrication point.

Apply 6 to 14 doses.

COIL14GRD0084AA

3

COIL14GRD0085AA

4

COIL14GRD0086AA

5

Articulation cylinders pivot There are 4 lubrication points, 2 on each side.

Apply 6 to 10 doses on the ends of the cylinders.

Also apply 6 to 14 doses on the linkage bearings.

(1) Articulation cylinder link pins (2) Chassis bottom link (3) Chassis top link

Circle side shift cylinders balls There are 2 lubrication points.

Apply 6 to 12 doses to each.

7-38

7 - MAINTENANCE

Blade tilt cylinder pivots There are 2 lubrication points.

Apply 4 to 6 doses to each.

COIL14GRD0087AA

6

COIL14GRD0088AA

7

COIL14GRD0089AA

8

Blade tilt pivots There are 2 lubrication points.

Apply 4 to 6 doses to each.

Lift cylinder link pins There are 4 lubrication points for the pins.

Lubricate with 1 to 2 doses at each point of the pins.

7-39

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 250 hours

Engine air filter (Restriction sensor) (Check) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: As the engine air filters are replaced only when the master warning indicator light (yellow, non-critical) lights up on the panel, the operation of the air filter restriction sensor should be tested every 250 hours of operation of the machine.

Verification of the operation of the air filter restriction sensor To test the air filter restriction sensor, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Set the park brake.

5.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

6.

Open the engine hood to access the air filter.

7.

Locate the air filter restriction sensor (1), at the bottom of the filter outlet, near the clamp that fastens the inlet tube onto the turbo charger.

8.

Remove the electrical connector (2) from the sensor. Check for corrosion or oxidation. Correct if necessary.

9.

Re-install the connector. Make sure to fit the connector properly.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL17GRD0372AA

2

COIL17GRD0372AA

3

10. Check the electrical wiring (3) of the sensor. Make sure the wiring is in good condition.

11. Loosen the fastening clamp (4) of the air pre-filter at the top of the filter housing.

12. Remove the air pre-filter (5). Pull the pre-filter upward to remove the pre-filter.

7-40

7 - MAINTENANCE

13. Check whether the master warning indicator light (yellow, non-critical) lights up on the panel, to indicate high air filter restriction.

14. Shut down the engine.

NOTE: If the master warning indicator light (yellow, non-critical) lights up on the panel, the restriction indicator works correctly. If this light does not light up, the issue may be the sensor, the connector, or the wiring, or even dirt in the sensor’s installation channel.

COIL15WEL0209AA

4

COIL17GRD0372AA

5

15. If the master warning indicator light does not light up on the panel, check the wiring, or if there is dirt in the sensor’s installation channel. Correct as required.

16. Perform the test again.

17. If the master warning indicator light still does not light up, the issue must be the sensor (1).

18. Replace the sensor with a new one.

19. Re-install the air pre-filter (5).

20. Firmly attach the pre-filter fastening clamp (4).

21. Close the engine hood.

7-41

7 - MAINTENANCE

Cab air filter (Cleaning) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

Cleaning the cab air filter (if equipped) NOTICE: The cab air filter should be cleaned every 250 hours of operation or each month, whichever comes first, or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions.

To clean the cab air filter, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine. Place the ignition key in the OFF position.

5.

Set the parking brake.

6.

Open the engine compartment cover (1).

7.

Remove the filter (2) from the compartment.

8.

Check the filter for damage. Replace if necessary.

9.

Use compressed air for cleaning.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0173A0A

2

ATTENTION: Wear safety goggles with side panels when using compressed air to clean. This will reduce the danger of accidents.

10. Reposition the filter (2) in the compartment.

11. Close the engine compartment cover (1).

7-42

7 - MAINTENANCE

Air conditioning compressor belt (Checking) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

Checking the air-conditioning compressor belt NOTICE: The air-conditioning compressor belt must be checked every 250 hours of operation or each month, whichever occurs first.

To check the air-conditioning compressor belt, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine, placing the ignition key in the OFF position (off).

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0098AA

2

6. Remove the panel located behind the driver's seat.

7. Check the belt deflection.

8. Carefully examine the air-conditioning compressor belt for damage.

7-43

7 - MAINTENANCE

Alternator drive belt (Checking) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

Checking the alternator belt NOTICE: The fan drive belt must be checked for tension or damage every 250 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when you operate the machine in extreme conditions.

To check the alternator belt, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine. Place the ignition key in the OFF position.

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0098AA

2

COIL14GRD0099AA

3

6. Remove the panel located behind the driver's seat.

7. Measure the belt deflection at the longest stretch between the pulleys.

NOTE: The maximum allowable deflection should be 9.5 – 12.7 mm (0.4 – 0.5 in).

8. Remove the alternator belt (1) using a 1/2 in quad wrench.

(1) Alternator belt (2) Water pump pulley (3) Engine flywheel pulley (4) 12.7 mm (0.5 in) square (5) Belt tensioner Alternator (6)

7-44

7 - MAINTENANCE

9. After removing, carefully examine the alternator belt for damage.

10. Then check the belt tensioner.

NOTE: Rotate the tensioner pulley by hand, making sure it can turn freely, without any point of resistance, grabbing, locking, etc.

11. Also check the condition of the tensioner bearing.

BRIL12MG0280A0A

4

BRIL12MG0281A0A

5

Installation of the alternator belt Using the 1/2 in socket cable and working on the tensioner fitting, install the belt, carefully watching so that the “Poly-V” grooves fit perfectly with the existing channels in the alternator pulleys and vibration damper.

7-45

7 - MAINTENANCE

Gearbox oil – (Circle turn oil) (Level check) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The circle turn oil level must be checked every 250 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions. For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

Checking the circle turn oil level To check the circle turn oil level, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the parking brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0193AB

2

6. Remove the level plug (3) from the circle turn reducer (1).

NOTE: If no oil comes out of the hole, it will be necessary to add oil.

7. Remove the filling plug (2) and add oil so that it comes out through the level plug hole (3).

8. Replace the plugs (2) and (3).

7-46

7 - MAINTENANCE

Tires (Checking the condition and pressure) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

Checking the condition and pressure of the tires NOTICE: The condition and pressure of the tires should be checked every 250 hours of operation or each month, whichever comes first, or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions.

To check the condition and pressure of the tires, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine, placing the ignition key in the OFF position (off).

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0108AA

2

6. Check the condition of the tires for cuts or damage.

7. Check the tire pressure using the pressure dial.

NOTE: If you need to calibrate the tires, see page 6-16 for further information.

7-47

7 - MAINTENANCE

Grease points (Models with AWD front-wheel drive system) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

Grease fitting lubrication NOTICE: The grease fittings must be lubricated every 250 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions such as water or mud. For grease specifications, see page 8-1.

To lubricate the machine grease fittings, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine, placing the ignition key in the off position.

5.

Set the park brake.

6.

Inject grease at the lubrication points indicated in the following illustrations.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0173BA

2

NOTE: Clean around the area to be lubricated before service.

Front wheel trunnion There are 2 lubrication points.

Apply 4 to 6 doses to each side.

7-48

7 - MAINTENANCE

Trunnion king pin There are 4 lubrication points.

Apply 4 to 6 doses to each side.

COIL14GRD0173BA

3

COIL14GRD0271BA

4

COIL14GRD0172BA

5

Front wheel tilt arm There are 2 lubrication points.

Apply 4 to 6 doses to each side.

Front wheel tilt cylinder There are 2 lubrication points.

Apply 4 to 6 doses to each side.

7-49

7 - MAINTENANCE

Front axle articulation pivot There are 2 lubrication points.

Apply 6 to 12 doses to each side.

COIL14GRD0270BA

6

COIL14GRD0191BA

7

COIL17GRD0371AA

8

Lift cylinder articulation bearings There are 2 lubrication points for the journals.

Apply 4 to 6 doses to each point.

Steering cylinder journals There are 2 lubrication points.

Apply 4 to 6 doses to each point.

Front axle tilt cylinder journals There are 2 lubrication points.

Apply 4 to 6 doses to each point.

7-50

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 500 Hours

Fuel filter –/Water separator filter (Replacement) WARNING Fuel vapors are explosive and flammable.

Do not smoke while handling fuel. Keep fuel away from flames or sparks. Shut off engine and remove key before servicing. Always work in a well-ventilated area. Clean up spilled fuel immediately.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0904A

NOTICE: The fuel filter and water separator filter should be replaced every 500 hours of operation or every 3 months, whichever comes first, or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the used filters in accordance with environmental regulations, laws, and governmental codes.

Replacement of the fuel filter and water separator filter To replace the fuel filter and water separator filter, proceed as follows 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

6.

Thoroughly clean the area around the fuel filter heads (1) and the water separator filter (2) to prevent contamination.

7.

Remove the filters and thoroughly clean the filter head gasket’s contact area.

8.

Replace the filter and the seal rings.

9.

Fill the filter with clean fuel and lubricate the seal rings with new engine oil.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0111AA

2

10. Them install the new filters and manually tighten them.

NOTE: After this operation, bleed the fuel system.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

7-51

7 - MAINTENANCE

Bleeding air from the fuel system NOTICE: Eliminate the air from the fuel system whenever when changing the filter, when the machine runs out of fuel, after maintenance on the fuel system or if the machine is stored and remains stopped for a period.

1.

Clean the area around the separator filter head to prevent contamination.

2.

Loosen the aluminium (1) bleed screw, located on the head of the separator filter.

3.

Make sure that the drain valve (2) on the bottom of the separator filter is properly tightened.

4.

Manually (3) pump until Diesel comes out without air bubbles from the bleeder screw hole (1).

5.

Tighten the bleed screw (1).

COIL14GRD0111AA

7-52

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuel reservoir (Draining) WARNING Fuel vapors are explosive and flammable.

Do not smoke while handling fuel. Keep fuel away from flames or sparks. Shut off engine and remove key before servicing. Always work in a well-ventilated area. Clean up spilled fuel immediately.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0904A

NOTICE: Drain the fuel tank of condensation and sediment every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when you operate the machine in extreme conditions.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

Drainage of condensation and sediments from the fuel tank To drain the condensation and the sediment from the fuel tank, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine. Place the ignition key in the OFF position.

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0086B0A

2

6. Open the fuel drain valve before starting the engine and drain the water and sediments into a suitable container.

7. Close the fuel drain valve after only clean fuel is discharged.

8. Check for leaks.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws, and government codes.

7-53

7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine oil and filter (Replacement) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The engine oil must be changed and the oil filter must be replaced every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when you operate the machine in extreme conditions. For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

Replacing engine oil To change the engine oil, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0096A0A

2

BRIL12MG0028A0A

3

6. Remove the dipstick (1) and check if the oil is warm (not hot).

NOTE: This operation provides a faster draining of the oil.

7. Check whether the engine is at operating temperature.

8. Remove the engine oil drain plug (A) (located on the bottom right of the engine crankcase) and let all the oil drain out.

NOTE: Use a suitable container to collect the drained oil.

9. Make sure the gasket is in good condition and replace the drain plug.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

7-54

7 - MAINTENANCE

10. Locate the engine oil filter.

11. Remove the filter and carefully clean the area around the filter gasket seat.

NOTE: The sealing ring is usually stuck on the filter head seat. Make sure it is removed.

BRIL12MG0030A0A

Lubricant analysis Normally, the engine oil is changed every 500 hours of operation. However, depending on the engine’s working conditions, the oil quality and the sulfur content of the fuel, this interval may change. Contact your authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer for more information.

7-55

4

7 - MAINTENANCE

Replacement of the engine oil filter To replace the engine oil filter, proceed as follows: 1.

Turn the oil filter (1) counter-clockwise to remove the oil filter.

2.

Lubricate the area around the seat of the seal in the new filter with new engine oil.

NOTICE: Before installing the new filter, fill it with new clean lubricating oil.

3.

Hand tighten the new filter until the gasket makes contact with the base, and then tighten the new filter another 3/4 turn using only your hands.

NOTE: Never use a filter wrench to install a new filter. Tightening the filter with a tool may damage it.

4.

BRIL12MG0029A0A

5

BRIL12MG0096A0A

6

BRIL12MG0095A0A

7

The engine oil drain plug must be fully tightened.

5. Pour oil into the engine through the filler neck (2) until the maximum level indicated on dipstick (1) is reached, then close the filler neck cap (2) and insert the dipstick (1).

6. Start the engine. Let it run for 15 seconds at idle to fill the filters and lubricate the engine.

7. Check for leaks around the base of the filter while the engine is running. Tighten more if necessary.

8. Let the engine run for a short period and then turn it off to check the oil level.

9. Check again if there are leaks in the filters.

7-56

7 - MAINTENANCE

Air intake lines (Verification of the hoses) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The hoses of the engine air intake system should be checked every 500 hours of operation.

Verification of the engine air intake system hoses To check the engine air intake system hoses, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the parking brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL17GRD0372AA

2

COIL17GRD0373AA

3

6. Open the engine hood.

7. Check the condition of the hoses, for drying out, cracks, splitting, and tightness.

8. Check the condition and tightness of the hose clamps in the following positions ○ Air filter outlet and turbocharger inlet (1). ○ Turbocharger outlet (2). ○ Inlet in the intake air cooler (3). ○ Outlet of the intake air cooler (4). ○ Inlet lines on the intake manifold (5).

NOTE: If there are issues in any hoses or clamps, replace the damaged component with a new one.

9. Close the engine hood.

NOTE: Never let the machine operate with leaks in the intake system. This may cause loss of power, increased fuel consumption, and a reduction in engine life.

7-57

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic filter (Replacement) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The hydraulic fluid filter should be replaced every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in severe conditions, or if the main warning display (non-critical warnings – YELLOW) shows "HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FILTER".

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the used filters in accordance with environmental regulations, laws, and governmental codes.

Replacing the hydraulic fluid filter To replace the hydraulic fluid filter, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0039A0A

2

NOTICE: Turn the filling nozzle cap slowly to release the pressure before removing it.

7-58

7 - MAINTENANCE

6.

Remove the reservoir (2) cover hood.

7.

Remove the spring (3), cap (4) and rubber ring (5) and (11) above the element (6).

8.

Remove the reservoir element.

9.

Check whether the rubber ring (8) is in good condition; if necessary, replace it and then install a new filter on the discharge tube.

10. Check whether the rubber rings (5) and (11) are in good condition. If necessary, replace them.

11. Remove the rubber rings (5) and (11).

12. Install the cap (4) and the spring (3) on the element.

13. Install the cover hood (2) on the reservoir and tighten it with the bolts (7).

NOTE: The bolt tightening torque is 47.5 – 54.2 N·m (35 – 40 lb ft).

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the used filters in accordance with environmental regulations, laws, and governmental codes.

BRIL12MG0040B0A

7-59

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic suction filter (Cleaning) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: Hydraulic fluid leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious injuries. To prevent personal injury, relieve all pressure before disconnecting the fluid lines or before starting maintenance services on the hydraulic system. Before applying pressure, make sure all connections are tight and all components are in good condition. Never use your hands to check for suspected leaks under pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see your doctor immediately.

Failure to comply with these recommendations could result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE: The hydraulic reservoir suction filter must be cleaned every 500 hours of operation or when the hydraulic fluid is changed. Change the filter more frequently (shorter periods) when you operate the machine in extreme conditions.

Cleaning the hydraulic reservoir suction filter To clean the hydraulic suction filter, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0039A0A

2

NOTICE: Turn the filling nozzle cap slowly to release the pressure before removing it.

7-60

7 - MAINTENANCE

6. Remove the fastening (9) bolts from the reservoir cover hood.

7. Remove the filling nozzle cap (1), the tube (10) and the filter (14) from the hydraulic reservoir.

8. Remove and replace the filter rubber ring (11).

NOTICE: Never use gasoline, solvent or other flammable fluids to clean parts. Use authorized non-toxic commercial solvents. Wear safety goggles with side shields when using compressed air to clean, preventing accidents. Limit the compressor pressure to 2 bar (29 psi).

9.

Wash the metal filter with a solvent.

10. Use compressed air to clean the element (14).

Blow from inside out.

11. Install a new rubber ring in the fitting. Then install the pre-filter tube (10).

12. Install bolts (9) with a torque of 47.5 – 54.2 N·m (35 – 40 lb ft).

13. Check whether the valve and metal filter are properly placed in the tube.

14. Refill the reservoir to the level indicated by the gauge (13).

15. Activate the pressure relief valve. Install a new (12) rubber ring on the filler neck cap.

BRIL12MG0040B0A

7-61

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

Tranmission filter – (Models with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Replacement) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The transmission fluid filter should be replaced every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in severe conditions, or if the main warning display (non-critical warnings – YELLOW) shows "TRANSMISSION FILTER".

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the used filters in accordance with environmental regulations, laws, and governmental codes.

Replacing the transmission fluid filter To replace the transmission fluid filter, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0077A0A

2

NOTICE: Never use gasoline, solvents or other flammable fluids to clean the parts. Use authorized non-toxic, nonflammable commercial solvents.

6.

Clean the transmission fluid filter (1) and the area around it.

7.

Then remove the filter housing, replace the element and the seal rings.

8.

Clean the internal parts of the filter head and the contact surface.

9.

Fit a new filter.

10. Put a coat of clean fluid in the filter seal and tighten the new filter until it makes contact with the sealing surface.

11. Tighten the filter another 1/3 to 1/2 turn.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the used filters in accordance with environmental regulations, laws, and governmental codes.

7-62

7 - MAINTENANCE

Tandem drive case oil (Checking the level) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: Change the tandem oil every 2000 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when you operate the machine in extreme conditions. Also change the oil when the oil analysis identifies contamination above the recommended level. See page 7-65 for further information.

NOTE: For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

Checking the tandem oil level To check the tandem oil level, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

6. Remove the level plug (3) and check if the oil level is at the height of the plug hole.

7. Add oil until it is at the correct level. Then install the plug.

7-63

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

865B AWD models (1) (2) (3) (4)

Filling plug Drain plug Level plug Breather

BRIL12MG0276A0A

2

BRIL12MG0276A0A

3

885B AWD models (1) (2) (3) (4)

Filling plug Drain plug Level plug Breather

7-64

7 - MAINTENANCE

Tandem drive case oil – (Collection for analysis of contamination) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTE: Every 500 hours of operation, the oil in the Tandem box should be analyzed. If the result shows a contamination index above the recommended level, the oil should be replaced. See page 7-89 for information about replacement.

Change the oil within a maximum of 2000 hours of operation if the oil analyses are within the recommended parameters.

NOTE: If the oil analysis has an abnormal result, inspect the tandem compartment. Drain a quantity of oil onto a clean cloth to identify the possible presence of filings. Send a new sample for analysis.

Collection of tandem oil for analysis To collect the tandem oil for analysis, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the parking brake.

6.

Collect an oil sample.

NOTE: This procedure must be performed by a qualified service technician. Contact an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

7-65

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

Rear axle oil (Checking the level) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The rear axle oil level must be checked every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions. For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

Checking the rear axle oil level To check the rear axle oil level, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

6. Remove the level / filling plug (2).

7. Add oil as necessary.

COIL14GRD0079AA

NOTE: The level should be up to the bottom of the plug hole.

8. Install the level / filling plug and make sure it is tightened properly.

7-66

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

865B AWD models (1) Drain plug (2) Level/filling plug

BRIL12MG0207A0A

2

BRIL12MG0207A0A

3

885B AWD models (1) Drain plug (2) Level/filling plug

7-67

7 - MAINTENANCE

Roll Over Protection Structure (ROPS) (Check) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The torque of the ROPS fastening bolts should be checked in the first 20 hours of operation, and then every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when you operate the machine in extreme conditions.

Checking the torque of the ROPS fastening bolts To check the torque of the ROPS fastening bolts, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0279A0A

2

6. Check the torque of the 20 ROPS fastening bolts (1).

7. If necessary, torque the bolts to 587 N·m (433 lb ft).

7-68

7 - MAINTENANCE

Checking for damage to the ROPS structure NOTICE: The condition of the ROPS should be checked daily or if the ROPS has suffered any type of accident.

To check the condition of the ROPS, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine. Place the ignition key in the OFF position.

5.

Set the park brake.

6. Check the ROPS and its components for cracks, corrosion and holes.

NOTE: Use over time, atmospheric conditions and accidents will damage the ROPS and its components. If you are in any doubt about the ROPS system, consult your authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

NOTICE: If the machine overturns or if the ROPS suffers some sort of accident (such as collision with a bridge or viaduct during transportation), you NEED to replace the damaged parts of the ROPS in order to guarantee the operator the same level of protection as originally provided.

After an accident, check for damage: • On the ROPS or the ROPS cab.

• On the operator seat.

• On the seat belt fixings and on the strap itself.

NOTICE: Before operating the machine, replace all damaged components of the ROPS. Improper inspection or maintenance of the ROPS can cause injuries or death. If it is necessary to replace the ROPS, its components or fastening elements, only use original replacement parts.

Consult the parts catalog or your authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer to check which components can be replaced.

NOTICE: Improper inspection or maintenance of the ROPS can cause injuries or death. Perform the ROPS inspection as recommended in this manual. If it is necessary to replace the ROPS, its components or elements of its fastening, only use original replacement parts as shown in the parts catalog for this machine.

NOTICE: Do not modify the ROPS in any way. Unauthorized modifications, such as welding, drilling, cutting, etc. can weaken its structure. Replace the ROPS in the event of rollover or damage. Do not attempt to repair the machine without the ROPS. NOTICE: If you operate this machine without the ROPS and it rolls over, you could be injured or die. Remove the ROPS only to perform maintenance or replacement. Do not operate the machine without the ROPS.

7-69

COIL14GRD0079AA

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

NOTICE: Adding additional weight (implements, etc.) to the machine can cause injury or death. Do not exceed the total gross weight printed on the label.

7-70

7 - MAINTENANCE

Shoulder belt (Checking) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

Checking the torque of the seat belt mounting bolts NOTICE: The torque of the seat belt mounting bolts must be checked every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions.

To check the torque of the seat belt mounting bolts, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine, placing the ignition key in the OFF position (off).

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0123BA

2

6. Check the torque of the seat belt mounting bolts.

7. If necessary, torque the bolts to 54.0 – 61.0 N·m (39.8 – 45.0 lb ft).

ATTENTION: The seat belt is an important component. Always wear it when operating the machine.

7-71

7 - MAINTENANCE

Caring for the seat belt 1.

Keep the seat belts away from objects that could damage them.

2.

Check that the seat belts are not damaged. Replace damaged parts.

3.

Always keep the seat belts clean. Only wash them with soap and water.

4.

Do not use dyes or bleach on the seat belt. This will weaken the seat belts.

7-72

7 - MAINTENANCE

Operator’s seat (Checking) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

Checking the torque of the operator seat mounting bolts NOTICE: The torque of the operator seat mounting bolts must be checked every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions.

To check the torque of the operator seat mounting bolts, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine, placing the ignition key in the OFF position (off).

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0123BA

2

6. Check the torque of the operator seat mounting bolts.

7. If necessary, torque the bolts to 73.0 – 87.0 N·m (53.8 – 64.2 lb ft).

7-73

7 - MAINTENANCE

Caring for the operator seat 1.

Remove dust and dirt with a vacuum cleaner or soft brush.

2.

Remove stains using a suitable solvent.

NOTE: Before using the solvent, try to identify the type of stain and how long it has been there. You may be able to remove some with soap and water.

3.

Grease or oil stains can be removed using a remover liquid cleaning remover.

4.

Carefully remove the stain using a scraper or blunt knife.

5.

Use a very small amount of solvent with a clean cloth, without pressing.

6.

Remove the stain from the edge to the center, always using a clean part of the cloth.

7.

When you have removed stains, immediately dry the area with a cloth to prevent circular stains from forming in the material from the solvent.

NOTE: If this happens, clean the area completely.

NOTE: To completely remove more stubborn stains, you may need to apply solvent a second time and to scrub them.

ATTENTION: NEVER use gasoline, mineral spirits or other volatile materials for cleaning. These materials are toxic and flammable!

7-74

COIL14GRD0124BA

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic filter – (“AWD” front-wheel drive system) (Replacement) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

NOTICE: The hydraulic filter of the (AWD) front-wheel drive system should be replaced every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in severe conditions, or if the main warning display (non-critical warnings – YELLOW) shows "TRANSMISSION FILTER".

Replacement of the hydraulic filter of the (AWD) front-wheel drive system To replace the hydraulic filter of the (AWD) front-wheel drive system, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Set the park brake.

5.

Run the engine until the transmission fluid reaches working temperature.

6.

Then place the ignition key in the “OFF” position to shut down the engine.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0129AA

2

The hydraulic filter of the (AWD) front-wheel drive system is located on the pump body, behind the inlet piping of the intake air cooler.

7.

Clean the filter and the area surrounding it.

NOTICE: Never use gasoline, solvents or other flammable fluids to clean the parts. Use authorized non-toxic, non-flammable commercial solvents.

8.

Then remove the filter housing and replace the element and the seal rings.

9.

Clean the internal parts of the filter head and the contact surface.

10. Fit a new filter.

NOTE: Do not overtighten. After contact with the seals, tighten the filter by turning it 3/4 of a turn.

7-75

7 - MAINTENANCE

Circle – (Check and adjust) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The circle and the circle guides must be checked every 500 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when you operate the machine in extreme conditions.

Checks and adjustment of the circle and the circle guides To check and adjust the circle and the circle guides, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground. The mounting bar of the blade should be properly leveled for the flow of oil.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the parking brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0110A0A

2

BRIL12MG0109A0A

3

6. Clean the circle and the circle guides to prevent jamming.

7. Check the clearance of the circle guides.

NOTE: If the circle guides are excessively loose, the circle teeth will wear out, causing the rotation of the circle not to be uniform.

(1) Circle guides (2) 0.76 mm maximum radial clearance (3) Shims Nut (4) (5) blade (6) Nuts (torque: 110 kgf.m)

7-76

7 - MAINTENANCE

Adjustment of the wear plates 1. The first adjustment to be made is the clearance between the wear plates and top race of the circle (vertical clearance).

2. To do this, the excessive clearance between the top race of the circle and the guide wear plates must be eliminated by removing the shims.

NOTE: The above removed shims should not be defective since when applying the new plates, they can be used again to obtain the specified clearance.

3. See that the maximum gap does not exceed 1.52 mm; this operation must be carried out on four guides, one at a time, starting with the front guide (nearest the swing motor pinion).

4. After this adjustment, turn the circle 360° so that it turns freely.

5. Then, adjust the clearance between the wear plates and the inner race of the circle (radial clearance), proceeding as follows: • With the vertical clearance already adjusted, loosen the fastening nuts of the guides and loosen the jam nuts of the guide radial clearance adjustment bolts.

• Place the swing motor pinion so as to obtain a position of engagement • Note that in the center of the swing motor pinion, the apex of the gear tooth and the central fastening nut of the front guide are aligned.

• Supporting one of the flanks of the pinion tooth on the flank of one of the circle teeth, activate the front guide radial clearance adjustment bolt to obtain a clearance of 0.76 mm between the flank of the pinion and circle teeth. Note that when adjusting the clearance of the teeth, the front guide wear plate should rest on the inside race of the circle.

(1) Shims (2) Surface of the circle (3) 1.52 mm maximum vertical clearance (4) Circle (5) Radial play 0.76 – 1.52 mm (6) guide

7-77

BRIL12MG0078A0A

4

7 - MAINTENANCE

6. After the radial clearance adjustment on the front guide is completed and all its nuts are tightened, adjust the two rear guides to obtain a maximum clearance of 0.76 mm between the inner race of the circle and the wear plates (curves) of the guides, using the guide adjustment bolts.

7. Lock the adjustment bolts with the jam nuts.

8. Tighten the nuts of the guides and activate the circle to make sure it turns 360° freely.

NOTE: If the circle does not spin freely, redo the adjustment, gradually increasing the clearance between the flanks of the teeth to the specified limit.

BRIL12MG0080A0A

5

BRIL12MG0079A0A

6

(1) Turning circle pinion (2) guide (3) 0.76 – 1.52 mm engagement clearance

7-78

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 1000 hours

Transmission fluid – (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Change) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The transmission fluid must be changed every 1000 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions. For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

Changing the transmission fluid To change the transmission fluid, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Set the parking brake.

5.

Run the engine until the transmission fluid reaches working temperature.

6.

Then place the ignition key in the “OFF” position to shut down the engine.

COIL14GRD0079AA

7-79

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

7.

Remove the drain plug (1) and the screen (2) and let the fluid drain into a container of at least 25 l.

8.

Clean the screen thoroughly.

9.

Reinstall the screen (2) and plug (1).

NOTICE: The transmission fluid filter should be replaced at this time.

10. Fill the system with the specified fluid to the specified level.

11. Run the engine to heat up the fluid and top off if necessary.

NOTICE: Never use gasoline, solvents or other flammable fluids to clean the parts. Use authorized non-toxic, nonflammable commercial solvents.

BRIL12MG0043B0A

7-80

2

7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine valve (Checking clearance and adjustment) WARNING Danger of burns!

Remember that during normal operation the engine can reach high temperatures and that is extremely important allow the machine to cool down before performing this operation.

Failure to follow these recommendations may result in serious injury.

Checking the engine valve clearance and adjustment NOTICE: The engine valve clearance must be checked every 1000 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions.

To check and adjust the engine valves, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine, placing the ignition key in the OFF position (off).

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0104A0A

2

NOTE: Adjust the clearance between the rocker arms and the valves with an Allen wrench set (1), a closed end spanner (3) and feeler gauge (2).

6.

Wait until the machine cools down.

NOTE: Always adjust the valve clearance when the engine is cold, i.e., with the water temperature below 60°C.

7.

First, determine the (PMS) top dead center in engine cylinder no. 1.

8.

To do this, rotate the crankshaft slowly with the aid of the adapter and the gear of the manual rotation tool.

9.

Install the timing pin and adjust the following valves: 1A, 1E, 2A, 3E, 4A, 5E.

10. Remove the timing pin, rotate the crankshaft 360° and install the pin again.

11. Adjust the following valves: 2E, 3A, 4E, 5A, 6A, 6E. 12. Check that the valve clearance (with the engine cold) is as follows: • Intake: 0.20 – 0.30 mm (0.008 – 0.012 in) • Exhaust: 0.46 – 0.56 mm (0.018 – 0.022 in) NOTE: The clearance will be correct when you feel a slight resistance when passing a feeler gauge between the valve stem and rocker.

7-81

7 - MAINTENANCE

Gearbox oil – (Circle turn oil) (Change) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The circle turn oil must be changed every 1000 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions. For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

Changing circle turn oil To change the circle turn oil, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground. The mounting bar of the blade should be properly leveled for the flow of oil.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

6.

Place a container of approximately 3 L under the blade swing rack pinion.

7.

Remove the plug (1) located on the side of the shaft of the blade swing pinion rack.

8.

Let all the oil drain out.

9.

Reinstall the plug (1).

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0282AA

2

COIL14GRD0193AB

3

10. Remove the level plug (3) from the reducer.

11. Remove the filling plug (2) and add oil so that it comes out through the level plug orifice (3).

12. Replace the plugs (2) and (3).

13. Make sure there are no leaks.

7-82

7 - MAINTENANCE

All wheel drive final oil (Changing) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The oil in the (AWD) front-wheel drive reducers must be changed every 1000 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions. For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

Changing the oil in the (AWD) front-wheel drive reducers To change the oil in the (AWD) front-wheel drive reducers, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

6.

Clean the level (1) and filling and drain (2) plugs.

7.

Check if the oil of the (AWD) front-wheel drive reducers is near the normal operating temperature.

8.

Position the front wheel so that the plug (2) is down (see figure 4).

9.

Then remove the plug (2) and a level plug (1) so the oil drains more rapidly.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0130AA

2

COIL14GRD0131AA

3

10. Drain the oil into a suitable container.

11. After draining, position the front wheel so that the plug (2) is up.

12. Top up the level and install the plug (2).

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

7-83

7 - MAINTENANCE

Checking the oil level in the (AWD) front-wheel drive reducers To check the oil level in the (AWD) front-wheel drive reducers, proceed as follows: 1.

Position the front wheel so that two of the plugs (1) are positioned horizontally [position (A), see figure].

NOTE: The level should be at the bottom of the orifices of the 2 top plugs and can be checked on one of the two.

2.

If it is necessary to top up the reducer oil level, position the front wheel so that the plug (2) is up.

COIL14GRD0131AA

7-84

4

7 - MAINTENANCE

EVERY 2000 HOURS

Engine coolant – (Change) (For models up to series NGAF05814) WARNING Burn hazard!

Hot coolant can spray and scald if you remove the radiator or deaeration tank cap while the system is hot. To remove the cap: allow the system to cool, turn the cap to the first notch, and wait for all pressure to release. Remove the cap only after all pressure has released.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0367A

NOTICE: Drain, flush, and refill the fluid in the engine cooling system every 2000 hours of operation or every two years, whichever occurs first. Carry out this process more frequently (shorter periods) when you operate the machine in extreme conditions. Clean the system, and replace the coolant. For engine coolant specifications, see 8-1.

NOTE: A mixture of 50% ethylene glycol and 50% water should be used in this machine. This mixture is recommended for use in locations where minimum ambient temperatures are above –37 °C (–34 °F). If the ambient temperature is lower, adjust the composition of the mixture to 60% ethylene glycol and 40% water. Use the ethylene glycol and water mixture in your machine all year.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

Draining and cleaning the system and changing the engine coolant To change the engine coolant, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

6.

Wait for the engine to cool.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0125AA

2

NOTICE: The radiator has fluid under pressure. Turn the expansion reservoir cap slowly to release the pressure before removing it or until the pressure has been released.

Coolant can blow out and cause burns.

7-85

7 - MAINTENANCE

7. Open the drain valve, located under the radiator, and let the coolant drain.

8. Thoroughly wash the radiator with clean water that does not contain calcium compounds.

9. Open the wing valve, located on the expansion reservoir tubing.

NOTE: This procedure aims to remove the air from the assembly, ensuring cooling system performance.

COIL14GRD0126AA

10. Refill the cooling system with a mixture of 50% water and 50% anti-freeze to approximately 3 centimeters from the nozzle.

11. Place the cap on the expansion reservoir.

12. Run the engine until the coolant reaches normal operating temperature for approximately 5 minutes, to mix the water and anti-freeze.

NOTE: You must perform this procedure when the machine is at temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F).

13. Stop the engine, check the level, and add more if necessary.

NOTE: Check if the hoses and clamps are loose or damaged. Replace if required.

NOTE: Anti-freeze is a protector for water cooling systems.

It ensures a perfect thermal exchange when present in the radiator, diluted in clean tap water, at a percentage of 50%.

Anti-freeze is composed of special additives that prevent the formation of foam, rust, and calcareous incrustations, to protect all the materials that make up the cooling system.

7-86

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

Rear axle oil (Changing) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: The rear axle oil must be changed every 2000 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions. For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

Changing the rear axle oil (central compartment) To change the rear axle oil, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the park brake.

6.

Clean the level / filling plug (2).

7.

Check whether the rear axle oil is near normal operating temperature.

8.

Remove the drain plug (1) and the level / filling plug (2) so the oil drains more rapidly.

9.

After draining, reinstall the drain plug and fill the central housing to the level of the filler plug hole with the recommended oil.

10. Wait 15 minutes for the oil to fill all the inside cavities of the axle.

11. Top off the level and install the filling plug.

7-87

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

865B AWD models (1) Drain plug (2) Level/filling plug

BRIL12MG0207A0A

2

BRIL12MG0207A0A

3

885B AWD models (1) Drain plug (2) Level/filling plug

7-88

7 - MAINTENANCE

Tandem drive case oil (Changing) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTE: The tandem oil must be collected for contamination analysis every 500 hours of operation. See page 7-65 for further information.

NOTICE: The tandem oil must be changed every 2000 hours of operation or more frequently (shorter periods) when you operate the machine in extreme conditions. For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

Changing tandem oil To change the tandem oil, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the parking brake.

6. Remove the drain plug (2) and then drain the oil into a suitable container.

7. Remove the filling (1) and oil level (3) plugs and replace the drain plug (2).

8. Add the specified oil through the filling nozzle until it comes out of the oil level hole.

9. Replace and tighten the level (3) and filling (1) plugs.

7-89

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

865B AWD models (1) (2) (3) (4)

Filling plug Drain plug Level plug Breather

BRIL12MG0276A0A

2

BRIL12MG0276A0A

3

885B AWD models (1) (2) (3) (4)

Filling plug Drain plug Level plug Breather

7-90

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic fluid (Changing) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

NOTICE: Hydraulic fluid leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious injuries. To prevent personal injury, relieve all pressure before disconnecting the fluid lines or before starting maintenance services on the hydraulic system. Before applying pressure, make sure all connections are tight and all components are in good condition. Never use your hands to check for suspected leaks under pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see your doctor immediately.

Failure to comply with these recommendations could result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE: The hydraulic fluid must be changed every 2000 hours of operation or annually, whichever comes first, or more frequently (shorter periods) when operating the machine in extreme conditions. For lubricant specifications, see page 8-1.

NOTE: When changing the hydraulic fluid, also replace the hydraulic fluid filter.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

Changing the hydraulic fluid To change the hydraulic fluid, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the parking brake.

6. Ensure hydraulic fluid is at working temperature.

7. Place the DO NOT USE tag on the steering wheel.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0098A0A

2

ATTENTION: Fluid under pressure. Move the control hand levers several times. Loosen the hydraulic reservoir filling nozzle to release pressure before loosening connections.

8. Remove the drain plug .

9. Drain the hydraulic fluid into a suitable 180 l container.

10. Remove the cap of the filler neck (2) to ventilate the reservoir while it is being drained.

11. Change the filer and clean the metal screen.

12. Install the drain plug and fill the reservoir with new hydraulic fluid to the recommended level.

13. Install the cap of the filler neck (2).

14. Turn on the engine and operate the controls so that the hydraulic fluid fills the entire circuit.

7-91

7 - MAINTENANCE

15. Turn off the engine. Check the hydraulic fluid level on the level gauge (1).

16. If necessary, add fluid.

BRIL12MG0128A0A

7-92

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

EVERY 4000 HOURS

Engine coolant – (Change) (For models from series NGAF05815) WARNING Burn hazard!

Hot coolant can spray and scald if you remove the radiator or deaeration tank cap while the system is hot. To remove the cap: allow the system to cool, turn the cap to the first notch, and wait for all pressure to release. Remove the cap only after all pressure has released.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0367A

NOTICE: Drain, flush, and refill the fluid in the engine cooling system every 4000 hours of operation or every four years, whichever occurs first. Carry out this process more frequently (shorter periods) when you operate the machine in extreme conditions. Clean the system, and replace the coolant. For engine coolant specifications, see page 8-1.

NOTE: A mixture of 50% ethylene glycol and 50% water should be used in this machine. This mixture is recommended for use in locations where minimum ambient temperatures are above –37 °C (–34 °F). If the ambient temperature is lower, adjust the composition of the mixture to 60% ethylene glycol and 40% water. Use the ethylene glycol and water mixture in your machine all year.

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

Draining and cleaning the system and changing the engine coolant To change the engine coolant, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Place the ignition key in the "OFF" position to shut down the engine.

5.

Set the parking brake.

6.

Wait for the engine to cool.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0125AA

2

NOTICE: The radiator has fluid under pressure. Turn the expansion reservoir cap slowly to release the pressure before removing it or until the pressure has been released.

Coolant can blow out and cause burns.

7-93

7 - MAINTENANCE

7. Open the drain valve, located under the radiator, and let the coolant drain.

8. Thoroughly wash the radiator with clean water that does not contain calcium compounds.

9. Open the wing valve, located on the expansion reservoir tubing.

NOTE: This procedure aims to remove the air from the assembly, ensuring cooling system performance.

COIL14GRD0126AA

10. Refill the cooling system with a mixture of 50% water and 50% anti-freeze to approximately 3 centimeters from the nozzle.

11. Place the cap on the expansion reservoir.

12. Run the engine until the coolant reaches normal operating temperature for approximately 5 minutes, to mix the water and anti-freeze.

NOTE: You must perform this procedure when the machine is at temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F).

13. Stop the engine, check the level, and add more if necessary.

NOTE: Check if the hoses and clamps are loose or damaged. Replace if required.

NOTE: Anti-freeze is a protector for water cooling systems.

It ensures a perfect thermal exchange when present in the radiator, diluted in clean tap water, at a percentage of 50%.

Anti-freeze is composed of special additives that prevent the formation of foam, rust, and calcareous incrustations, to protect all the materials that make up the cooling system.

7-94

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

General maintenance

Air conditioner (Charging refrigerant) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

Charging air conditioning refrigerant To test for leaks and/or recharge air conditioning refrigerant, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine, placing the ignition key in the OFF position (off).

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

7-95

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

NOTE: To test for leaks and/or recharge, only use valves A and B of the air compressor (check the location of the compressor in figure 2).

ATTENTION: This task should be performed only by a trained mechanic or an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

6.

Inject 50 g of R134A and increase the system pressure to 10 bar (145 psi) by injecting gaseous nitrogen.

7.

Then do a gas leak test.

NOTE: if any, empty the system and fix the leak.

8.

Repeat the leak test.

9.

Drain the system.

COIL14GRD0111AA

10. Connect the manifold hoses.

11. Connect the vacuum pump on the central nipple of the manifold.

12. Open the manifold valves and start the pump 13. Wait for 20 minutes after the pressure gauges show a vacuum of 26 in Hg. Then close the valves and disconnect the vacuum pump.

14. Connect the charging cylinder hose. Open the manifold valve of the high pressure side and inject a charge of 1700 g of R134A gas.

15. Close the manifold valve. Remove the gas hose and repeat the leak test.

16. Disconnect the manifold and place the caps on the service valve.

Recommendations 1. Turn on the air conditioning only with the fan box turned on.

ATTENTION: NEVER block the evaporator box inlet!

If the system performance is below that specified, check: • Thy system coolant pressure.

• Coolant leak test.

• Operation of the evaporator box fan.

• Evaporator blockage.

2. Use the air conditioning system for at least 10 min per week.

3. In case of high engine speed, use the fan at maximum flow.

4. Periodically check the outside cleanliness of the condenser (not having to work with more than 20% of its area blocked).

5. Use the air conditioning with the doors and windows closed.

6. For rapid cooling, use the cabin air recirculation control.

7-96

2

7 - MAINTENANCE

Maintenance 1.

Perform a leak test every 6 months.

2.

Every time a component is replaced or there is a load leakage of R134A, top up the oil level with approximately 50 ml in the compressor, with PAG (polialclenaglicol) oil. If the component is the compressor, it is not necessary to do this, since it comes with oil.

3.

Every month or when the condenser air inlet is 20% blocked, clean it.

4.

Every year, check fastening of bolts and belt tension.

5.

Clean the air conditioning filters every month or when checking the reduction in air flow.

6.

In case of bad odors in the climate control system, let it run for several minutes, placing the fan speed selector at maximum and turning the temperature selector all the way clockwise (HOT).

7-97

7 - MAINTENANCE

Parking brake – (Models with Direct Drive transmission) (Checking) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

Parking brake check To check the parking brake, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine. Place the ignition key in the OFF position.

5.

Place chocks on all the wheels to prevent the machine from moving.

6.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0107A0A

2

BRIL12MG0108A0A

3

Activate the parking brake level to check its action.

NOTE: The force of the level should increase from the central position of its stroke.

7.

Adjusting the brake lever stroke is done by adjusting the cable and the position of the calliper activation lever (4) in the transmission area.

8.

Access is from the rear of the machine. Remove the lower fan shield (1) or remove the engine crankcase shield.

9.

With the parking brake released, loosen the cable mounting nuts (2) that secure the cable sheath.

10. Loosen the lock pin of the nut of the caliper activation lever (3) and adjust the position of the pads on the disc by turning the nut (3) clockwise to reduce the clearance.

NOTE: There should always be clearance between the disc and the pads. If there is no clearance, there will be overheating of the disc and premature wear of the pads.

7-98

7 - MAINTENANCE

11. Install the lock pin of the nut of the caliper activation lever (3).

12. Reposition the cable sheath, eliminating its clearance, so that it is at an approximately 90° position in relation to the calliper activation lever (4).

13. Re-tighten the cable mounting nuts (2).

NOTE: Check that the force of the brake lever increases after the middle of its stroke.

7-99

7 - MAINTENANCE

Cab (Checking) Cab lining The cab’s foam lining reduces the noise level.

To keep the lining in good condition, remove dust with a vacuum cleaner.

NOTICE: Do not wash the lining with water because water damages it and makes it less effective at noise reduction.

Door hinges Use graphite to lubricate the cab door hinges.

NOTICE: Do not use oil.

Hoses and wiring Inspect the hoses and wiring for damage. If there is any, see your authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer for repairs or replacements.

7-100

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fire extinguisher (Checking) Fire extinguisher (if equipped) It is recommended that your machine have a fire extinguisher.

NOTE: This extinguisher can be acquired and installed at an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

The capacity of this chemical fire extinguisher is 2.3 kg (5 lb) and it is approved for Class A, B and C fires. The operating temperature is from -54 – 49 °C (-65 – 120 °F) .

Inspection and care Monthly: inspection of the fire extinguisher is recommended once per month, to check for damage and make sure that the gauge is working correctly.

Twice a year: remove and refill the dry chemical powder. This service must be performed by a technician specialized in firefighting equipment.

Yearly: request inspection of the extinguisher by a technician specialized in fire equipment.

NOTICE: Do not mount the fire extinguisher on any part of the ROPS structure. Do not make any modifications to the ROPS structure.

BRIL12MG0280A0A

7-101

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

Drawbar (Checking) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138A

Checking the tightening torque of the fastening nuts of the traction bar ball To check the tightening torque of the fastening nuts of the traction bar ball, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine, placing the ignition key in the OFF position (off).

5.

Set the park brake.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

BRIL12MG0081A0A

2

6. Check the torque.

7. If necessary, adjust with a torque of 732 – 895 N·m (540 – 660 lb ft).

7-102

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic diagnostic panel (Checking) When pressure failures occur in the hydraulic system, check the pressure sockets centered on the hydraulic diagnostics panel, as described below.

COIL14GRD0134BA

1

COIL14GRD0135BA

2

1. Hydraulic 189.6 – 196.4 bar (2749 – 2848 psi) *1

2. Direction 151 bar (2190 psi) *2

3. Brake accumulator (left-hand side) Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission 81 – 87 bar (1175 – 1262 psi) *1.3 120 – 126 bar (1740 – 1827 psi) *1.4

4. Brake accumulator (right-hand side) Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission 81 – 87 bar (1175 – 1262 psi) *1.3 120 – 126 bar (1740 – 1827 psi) *1.4

5. Brake pressure (left-hand side) 40 – 45 bar (580 – 653 psi)

6. Brake pressure (right-hand side) 40 – 45 bar (580 – 653 psi)

7. Blade lift (left-hand side) 98 – 113 bar (1421 – 1639 psi)

8. Blade lift (right-hand side) 98 – 113 bar (1421 – 1639 psi)

NOTE: *1 Engine speed 2200 RPM *2 Engine speed 900 RPM *3 Minimum pressure in the accumulator *4 Maximum pressure in the accumulator

7-103

7 - MAINTENANCE

Electrical system

Batteries (Safe operation) WARNING Hazardous chemicals!

Battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid. Contact with skin and eyes could result in severe irritation and burns. Always wear splash-proof goggles and protective clothing (gloves and aprons). Wash hands after handling.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0006A

WARNING Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.

Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote (eyes): flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately. Antidote (internal): Drink large quantities of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0111A

WARNING Explosion hazard!

If battery electrolyte is frozen, attempting to charge the battery or jump-start the engine can cause the battery to explode. Always keep batteries at full charge to prevent frozen battery electrolyte. Never charge a frozen battery.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0203A

WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Before working on any component(s) of the electrical circuit, put the starter switch key in the off (shut down) position. When disconnecting batteries, always disconnect the negative (-) cable first. When reconnecting batteries, always connect the negative (-) cable last.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0264A

ATTENTION: Avoid water spraying directly onto electrical components / electronics – alternator, starter, central electronics, electrical connectors and their wiring harnesses, fuses, relays, etc.

7-104

7 - MAINTENANCE

Servicing the batteries NOTE: This machine’s electrical system is 24 V. Each battery is 12 V. Before servicing the electrical system, disconnect the NEGATIVE (-) battery cable.

Do not leave the engine running with the battery cables or with the alternator wires disconnected.

Before using an electrical welding machine, place the ignition key in the “OFF” position. Disconnect the wires of the alternator, instrument panel and transmission control unit.

DO NOT use steam cleaning equipment or solvents to clean the alternator.

Battery electrolyte level These batteries are "Maintenance Free," so it is not necessary to add water to the electrolyte.

Do not keep lights on for a long time, with engine turned off or at idle. Keep the batteries clean, especially their top part.

When stopping for short periods, it is preferable to leave the engine running at idle speed, because a lot of battery charge is consumed with each engine start.

NOTICE: If the temperature is equal to or below 0° C and water has been added to a batter, proceed as follows: connect a batter charger or run the engine for approximately two 2 h. This procedure is necessary so that the water that was added mixes with the electrolyte inside the battery.

Battery breathers Keep the battery breathers clean.

Ensure that there are no blockages in the breathers.

7-105

7 - MAINTENANCE

Cleaning the batteries Regularly check the batteries for dirt, corrosion or damage.

Dirt mixed with the electrolyte and condensation on the top of the batteries can discharge them.

Use the following method to clean batteries.

1.

Clean the outside of the batteries with bicarbonate of soda or ammonium and wash them with water.

2.

Use a special battery cleaning product to prevent corrosion on their terminals.

(1) Battery (right-hand side) (2) Battery (left-hand side)

7-106

BRIL12MG0294A0A

1

BRIL12MG0295A0A

2

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuses and relays – (Models with Direct Drive transmission) (Checking) NOTICE: The fuses in this machine are blade fuses. To replace them, remove each burnt out fuse and insert in the new one. Each fuse indicates its maximum operating current. Refer to the decal on the fuse box cover to find out the correct location of each one.

Fuse compartment on the steering column

COIL14GRD0137BA

Fuse compartment on the lateral console

1

COIL14GRD0139BA

2

Diagnostic connector of the Direct Drive transmission

COIL14GRD0141GA

7-107

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

Ratio of fuses and relays ECA fuse compartment 1F 2F 3F 4F 5F 6F 7F 8F 9F 10F 11F 12F 13F 14F 15F 16F 17F 18F 19F 20F

7,5 A 7,5 A 7,5 A 3A 15 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 7,5 A 10 A 7,5 A 5A 7,5 A 7,5 A 7,5 A 3A 5A 15 A 5A 5A

Work light behind the blade and front light control Front cab lights Front blade work lights Cooling fan reverser Hydraulic systems for the saddle, blades, ripper/scarifier and on-off for the fan and cooling Top front window wiper and washer pump Rear window wiper and washer pump Bottom front window wiper and washer pump Front, rear, side door windshield defroster Air suspension seat Alternator and master switch Engine choke Reserve Reserve Transmission Commands Telematics – IGN Circuit Reserve Reserve AWD front-wheel drive (if equipped) AWD front-wheel drive (if equipped)

Fuse and relay box ECB 1F 2F 3F 4F 5F 6F 7F 8F 9F 10F K1 K2 K3 K4 K5

7,5 A 7,5 A 20 A 5A 7,5 A 3A 20 A 7,5 A 7,5 A 20 A

Front blade work light Rear worklamp Rear window and outside rear view mirrors defroster Reserve Air-conditioning compressor and commands Cab air recirculation 24 V to 12 V converter after ACC ignition switch (radio, cigarette lighter and 12 V socket) Work light for snow Reserve Reserve Anterior blade light relay Rear Worklamp Relay AWD front-wheel drive (if equipped) Reserve Air Conditioning compressor relay

7-108

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuse and relay box ECC 1F 2F 3F 4F 5F 6F 7F 8F 9F 10F

10 A 3A 20 A 7,5 A 3A 3A 15 A 10 A 3A 3A

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5

AWD front-wheel drive (if equipped) AWD front-wheel drive (if equipped) Cigarette lighter and socket 12 V 12 V radio AWD front-wheel drive (if equipped) AWD front-wheel drive (if equipped) Power outlet 24 V Beacon lights and cab interior light Brake light Reverse driving alarm Top front window wiper relay – High speed Top front window wiper relay – Low speed Front wiper speed control relay Cooling fan reverser relay Backup alarm relay

Fuse and relay box ECD 1F 2F 3F 4F 5F 6F 7F 8F 9F 10F K1 K2 K3 K4 K5

10 A 10 A 3A 10 A 5A 20 A 5A 5A 5A 5A

Transmission main supply Direct Drive Transmission main supply Direct Drive Backup alarm command Reserve Telematics – BAT Circuit BAT 24 V to 12 V converter (radio, cigarette lighter and 12 V socket) Master switch timer and EST diagnostic connector Reserve Circuit ACC Circuit IGN Start relay (Neutral from transmission and START signal from ignition key) Start-up relay (Command from the starter) Start relay (Not used) Timer relay for the master switch On-off relay for the cooling fan

PRM A – ACC (Accessories) FA1 FA2

40 A ECA (L1) box power – Right-hand side fuses, ACC circuits (Accessories) 3 speeds BAT (Battery) 20 A Air conditioning fan power

PRM B – IGN (Ignition) FB1 FB2

20 A ECA (L2) box power – Left-hand side fuses, IGN circuits (Ignition) 30 A Not used BAT (Battery)

PRM C – ACC (Accessories) FC1 FC2

40 A ECB (L1) box power – Right-hand side fuses, ACC circuits (Accessories) 20 A BAT reserve (battery)

7-109

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuse and relay box ECE 1F 2F 3F 4F 5F 6F 7F 8F 9F 10F K1 K2 K3 K4 K5

15 A Horn 5 A Front left and rear right position light 7,5 A Front right and rear left position light, license plate light and illumination of the instrument panels and switches 5 A Differential Lock 7,5 A Turn signal and hazard lights 7,5 A Dipped beams 7,5 A High beam headlamps 7,5 A Voltmeter (AIC) 7,5 A (AIC) IGN panel power (Ignition) 10 A (AIC) BAT main panel power (Battery) Horn relay Differential lock relay Low beam headlights relay High beam headlights relay Voltmeter relay ( AIC Electronic Panel)

7-110

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuses (Replacement) WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0138B

Replacement of fuses NOTICE: The fuses were designed to burn out if there is an overload on any electrical circuit of the machine, thus preventing greater damage to wiring and electrical circuit components.

To replace the fuses, proceed as follows: 1.

Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area.

2.

Park the machine on a flat, level, firm surface, away from any obstacles.

3.

Support the implements on the ground.

4.

Shut down the engine. Place the ignition key in the OFF position.

5.

Set the park brake.

6.

Shut down all electrical accessories.

7.

Remove the cover of the fuse box, pressing it laterally with your fingers.

8.

Check which fuse is burned out.

COIL14GRD0079AA

1

COIL14GRD0142BA

2

COIL14GRD0143BA

3

NOTE: The decal on the door of the fuse boxes shows the circuits of each one.

9.

Remove the fuse.

10. Visually inspect the fuse.

NOTE: If it is burned out, replace it with another of the same capacity.

11. If the same fuse burns out again, there must be some defect in the circuit in question. Consult an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

12. Put the cover back on the fuse box, pressing with your hand until it locks in place firmly.

NOTICE: Never replace a fuse with one of a greater capacity than specified. Never improvise a replacement for a fuse.

7-111

7 - MAINTENANCE

Radio – (Electrical system) NOTE: The supply voltage of the radio is 12 V, obtained through a converter that transforms the 24 V of the electrical system of the machine.

COIL14GRD0144FA

AT BAT G1 G2 GRD IGN K C1 KR S1 SP1 SP2

Radio antenna Battery Battery 12 V Battery 12 V Ground Glow Cigarette lighter and radio voltage converter 12 V radio Main switch Left speaker Right speaker

7-112

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

STORAGE

Storing the machine (Preparing for storage) NOTE: Any machine that is to remain stationary for more than 30 days must be parked inside a locked shed. If no shed is available, park the machine on planks in a dry place and cover it with a waterproof canvas after taking the following steps.

1.

Wash the machine.

2.

Lubricate all the grease fittings.

3.

Paint any areas where the paintwork has been damaged.

4.

Move all the hydraulic controls to relieve pressure in the system.

5.

Drain the fuel from the tank.

6.

Fill the fuel tank with approximately 8 l of Diesel flushing oil.

7.

Run the engine until the smoke from the exhaust is a blue-white color.

8.

Drain the flushing oil from the fuel tank.

9.

Put 15 ml (one tablespoon) of VPI crystals in the fuel tank.

10. Change the engine oil and the oil filters.

11.

Drain the cooling system, leaving the drain valves open and the expansion tank cap loose.

12. Place a DO NOT OPERATE tag on the cab.

13. Clean or replace the primary air filter element.

14. Re-cover all the exposed rods of the hydraulic cylinders and of the valve spools of the equipment and of the transmission with an anti-corrosion product.

15. Charge the batteries and remove them from the machine. Store the batteries on a wooden shelf in a cool, dry place.

NOTE: If possible, keep the batteries in an area where the ambient temperature is above freezing ( 0 °C (32 °F)).

16. Make sure that the batteries are clean.

7-113

7 - MAINTENANCE

Storing the machine (Re-using the machine after storage) NOTE: DO NOT START the engine until all of the following steps have been completed: 1.

Replace fuel filters.

2.

Add liquid coolant to the engine cooling system.

3.

Check the condition of the engine drive belts and replace if necessary.

4.

Check the engine oil level.

5.

Check the hydraulic fluid level.

6.

Check the transmission fluid level.

7.

Check the oil level in the shaft.

8.

Lubricate all of the machine grease fittings.

9.

Remove the anti-corrosion product from the rods of the hydraulic cylinders using a petroleum-based solvent.

10. Refer to the battery installation procedures.

11. Fill the tank with new Diesel fuel.

12. Remove the air from the fuel system.

13. Before starting the engine, fill the turbocharger lubrication lines with engine oil.

14. Turn the engine ON. NOTE: It is important that you follow the correct procedure.

7-114

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

8 - SPECIFICATIONS###_9_### Lubrication, Filters and Fluids – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) Capacities and specifications Engine oil Oil specification Capacity with filter change Capacity without filter change

CASE AKCELA NO. 1™ ENGINE OIL CI-4 SAE 15W-40 16.0 L (4.2 US gal) 15.0 L (4.0 US gal)

Fuel system Fuel specification System capacity

No. 2 DIESEL 341.0 L (90.1 US gal)

Cooling system 50% water + 50% CASE AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT 32.0 L (8.5 US gal)

Additive specification System capacity

Hydraulic system (models with AWD front-wheel drive) Fluid specification Total system capacity Capacity of the reservoir with the filter

CASE AKCELA AUTO SUPREME 10W-30 200.0 L (52.8 US gal) 90.0 L (23.8 US gal)

Direct Drive transmission (865B AWD models with front-wheel drive) CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRA™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL 25.0 L (6.6 US gal) 23.0 L (6.1 US gal)

Fluid specification Capacity with filter change Capacity without filter change

Direct Drive transmission (885B AWD models with front-wheel drive) CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRA™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL 28.5 L (7.5 US gal) 26.0 L (6.9 US gal)

Fluid specification Capacity with filter change Capacity without filter change Rear axle (865B AWD models with front-wheel drive) Oil specification Capacity of the central compartment (differential)

CASE AKCELA AXLEPOWER 44.0 L (11.6 US gal)

Rear axle (885B AWD models with front-wheel drive) Oil specification Capacity of the central compartment (differential)

CASE AKCELA AXLEPOWER 44.0 L (11.6 US gal)

Tandem and Brakes Fluid specification System capacity (each)

CASE AKCELA TRANSAXLE FLUID 20W-40 69.0 L (18.2 US gal)

Circle turn reducer Oil specification System capacity

CASE AKCELA GEAR 135 H EP 80W-90 2.80 L (0.74 US gal)

8-1

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Front-wheel drive reducers (AWD models with front-wheel drive) Oil specification Capacity of each reducer

CASE AKCELA AXLEPOWER 4.10 L (1.08 US gal)

Grease Fittings Grease specifications Rear ripper, scarifier, or dozer blade Front axle bearings and wheels

CASE AKCELA MOLY GREASE As required As required

NOTE: Handle and dispose of the waste in accordance with environmental regulations, laws and government codes.

8-2

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

General specification Tires Types 14.0 x 24-10 PR 13.0 x 24-12 PR 14.0 x 24-12 PR 14.0 x 24-16 PR 14.0 x 24 Snow plus 16.0 x 24-12 PR 17.5 x 25-12 PR 17.5 x 25-16 PR 17.5 x 25 17.5 x 25 Snow plus 14.00 R24

865B AWD models Standard Option Option Option Option Option Option Option Option Option Option

885B AWD models – – Option Option Option Option Standard – Option Option Option

Foot brakes Foot brake Oil-bath multi-disk, self-adjusting, independent hydraulic driven for each rear axle wheel.

Emergency Brake Service brake supplied by two nitrogen accumulators, one for each circuit, automatic engagement in case of system pressure drop.

Parking brake (for models with Direct Drive transmission) Mechanical, disk, activation built into the transmission.

8-3

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Tandem Rectangular in profile, welded from a sheet 19 mm (0.75 in) thick.

Interchangeable gears and shafts, mounted on tapered roller bearings.

With tandem oscillation of 20° for each side

Front axle Housing made of high-strength welded steel with oscillation of 15,3° to each side.

20° lateral wheel tilt to the left and right, with hydraulic drive.

Rear axle Cast iron housing for intensive use.

Heat-treated steel shaft, mounted with tapered roller bearings.

Oil-bath brake, limited slip differential ( Super Max Trac) with coupled planetary reducer.

Direction Front Wheel Steering cylinder Diameter x stroke x rod Tilt Cylinder Diameter x stroke x rod Articulation cylinder Diameter x stroke x rod Chassis articulation angle Pump capacity Driving wheel (lock to lock) Release pressure

Servo assisted with steering angle of 42° to the left or right 2 50.8 mm (2.00 in) x 301.0 mm (11.85 in) x 25.4 mm (1.00 in) 1 80.0 mm (3.15 in) x 203.0 mm (8.00 in) x 45.0 mm (1.77 in) 2 80.0 mm (3.15 in) x 377.0 mm (14.84 in) x 45.0 mm (1.77 in) 25° to the left and 25° to the right 41.8 L/min (11.0 US gpm)@ 2200 RPM 4.75 turns 151 bar (2190 psi), complete with priority valve

Electrical 24 V 100 A·h 50 A 90 A 2 12 V batteries in series, 1010 CCA

System Voltage Battery capacity Alternator (with canopy) Alternator (with cab) Number of batteries

8-4

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Turning Circle Specification Dimensions Outer diameter Turning angle Guide contact area Rotating speed Turning circle engine Hydraulic oil nominal flow Engine speed at nominal flow

Manufactured in welded steel, “T” cross section 177.8 mm (7.00 in) x 168.3 mm (6.63 in) x 38.1 mm (1.50 in) 1752.6 mm (69.00 in) 360° continuous, supported on 4 (four) guides with interchangeable phenolic resin inserts 2845 cm² (441 in²) 7,2° per second Roller gerotor 75.0 L/min (19.8 US gpm) 300 RPM

drawbar Manufactured in welded case type section, in an "A" shape, with turning circle hydraulic motor mounted on the central part.

Connection by means of a ball joint adjusted by spacers.

Chassis Front section Welded quad profile Weight

865B AWD models 885B AWD models 254 mm (10.00 in)x 298 mm (11.73 in) 172,8 kgm ( 124.7 lb ft ) 172,8 kgm ( 124.7 lb ft )

Rear section Welded quad profile Weight

865B AWD models 885B AWD models 121 mm (4.76 in)x 299 mm (11.77 in) 84,0 kgm ( 56.5 lb ft ) 114,2 kgm ( 76.8 lb ft )

8-5

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Blade (Moldboard) Type

Available sizes 12 ft 13 ft 14 ft Maximum elevation above the ground Maximum slop angle at both sides Blade tilt position forward (normal) forward (minimum) forward (maximum)

Manufactured in a single piece in carbon steel, hot stamped.

Exclusive profile, “Roll Away” involute.

Replaceable bits and cutting edge.

Hydraulic movement controls.

3658 mm (144.02 in) x 622 mm (24.49 in) x 22 mm (0.87 in) 3962 mm (155.98 in) x 671 mm (26.42 in) x 22 mm (0.87 in) 4267 mm (167.99 in) x 671 mm (26.42 in) x 22 mm (0.87 in) 444.5 mm (17.50 in) 90° 47° 42° 87°

Blade reach (externally to the tires, non-articulated chassis)

With circle shift only With blade shift only With circle and blade shift With circle and blade shift and saddle rotated to the second point

865B AWD models 885B AWD models Right-hand Right-hand Left-hand side Left-hand side side side 847 mm (33 in) 834 mm (33 in) 999 mm (39 in) 1112 mm (44 in) 1221 mm 1500 mm 1355 mm 1145 mm (45 in) (48 in) (59 in) (53 in) 1494 mm 1405 mm 1945 mm 1784 mm (59 in) (55 in) (77 in) (70 in) 1817 mm 1536 mm 2158 mm 1961 mm (72 in) (60 in) (85 in) (77 in)

Blade reach (Externally to the tires, articulated chassis) NOTE: With machine articulated to the maximum of 25° to the right or left, 684 mm (27 in) should be added to all the previous dimensions.

8-6

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Attachments Ripper Specification Weight (5 teeth) Weight (11 teeth) Width Spacing between teeth (5 teeth) Spacing between teeth (11 teeth) Maximum elevation above the ground Maximum penetration Machine length with the ripper

Parallelogram type, front mounting 570 kg (1257 lb) 690 kg (1521 lb) 1168 mm (46 in) 229 mm (9 in) 114 mm (4.49 in) 527 mm (20.75 in) 318 mm (12.5 in) 9449 mm ( 31 ft )

Front Blade Weight Dimensions Maximum elevation above the ground (865B AWD models) (885B AWD models) Maximum penetration on the ground Machine length with front blade

1165 kg (2568 lb) 2762 mm (109 in)x 953 mm (38 in) 622 mm (24.5 in) 165 mm (6.5 in) 9423 mm ( 30 ft + 11 in)

Rear ripper Parallelogram type, rear mounting 437 mm (17.20 in) 252 mm (9.92 in) 985 kg (2172 lb) 5 3 9550 mm ( 31 ft + 4 in)

Specification Penetration (Ripper) Penetration (Scarifier) Weight Number of teeth (Ripper) Number of teeth (Scarifier) Machine length with the rear ripper

NOTICE: Information contained herein is of a general nature and does not refer to specific application purposes.

CASE CONSTRUCTION reserves the right to make changes or improvements in specifications detailed herein without notice.

8-7

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Air-conditioning system AirCon Thermal capacity (Gross) Thermal capacity (Net) Temperature Difference

865B AWD models 34600 BTU/h 26970 BTU/h 19,4 °C

885B AWD models 34600 BTU/h 26970 BTU/h 19,4 °C

865B AWD models 47800 BTU/h 36000 BTU/h 21,0 °C

885B AWD models 47800 BTU/h 36000 BTU/h 21,0 °C

Heating Thermal capacity (Gross) Thermal capacity (Net) Temperature Difference

8-8

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Engine specifications – (Models equipped with “AWD”) 865B AWD models Tier 3 motor – FPT 6.7 Type Number of rolls Volumetric displacement Bore and stroke Fuel pump Idle RPM Maximum RPM without load Governed RPM Compression ratio Flywheel housing Gross power ( SAE J1995) Lower curve Mean curve Upper curve Net power ( SAE J1349) Lower curve Mean curve Upper curve Gross torque ( SAE J1995) Lower curve Mean curve Upper curve Net torque ( SAE J1349) Lower curve Mean curve Upper curve Weight Firing Order Water pump flow rate Maximum rejection to coolant Oil Pressure Idle Maximum no load

“Common Rail” electronic injection system, water cooled, 4 stroke, direct injection, turbocharged, air aftercooled, open combustion chamber 6 6.7 l (409 in³) 104 mm (4.09 in)x 132 mm (5.20 in) Bosch 800 – 900 RPM 2370 – 2470 RPM 2200 RPM 16.5 : 1 SAE 3 (dry) 144 kW (196 Hp)@ 2200 RPM *1 153 kW (208 Hp)@ 2200 RPM *2 164 kW (223 Hp)@ 2200 RPM *3 133 kW (181 Hp)@ 2200 RPM *1 142 kW (193 Hp)@ 2200 RPM *2 153 kW (208 Hp)@ 2200 RPM *3 830 N·m (612 lb ft)@ 1500 RPM *1 880 N·m (649 lb ft)@ 1500 RPM *2 930 N·m (686 lb ft)@ 1500 RPM *3 743 N·m (548 lb ft)@ 1500 RPM *1 788 N·m (581 lb ft)@ 1500 RPM *2 832 N·m (614 lb ft)@ 1500 RPM *3 550 kg (1213 lb) 1-5-3-6-2-4 197 L/min (52 US gpm)@ 2200 RPM 4641 BTU/min (81,6 kW) @ 2200 RPM 69 kPa (10 psi) 380 kPa (55 psi)

NOTE: For models with Direct Drive transmission: *1 1st, 2nd and 3rd forward gears and 1st and 2nd reverse gears. *2 4th, 5th and 6th forward gears and 3rd and 4th reverse gears. *3 7th and 8th forward gears.

Noise emission External sound power SAE 1372 (Jul88) (ISO 6393) [LwA] Machine stopped, engine at nominal speed Sound power in the operator’s compartment SAE J919 (Jun86) [LpA] Machine stopped, engine at nominal speed

109,0 dB(A)

NOTE: Nominal engine speed 2200 RPM and maximum speed without load 2275 – 2400 RPM.

8-9

77,0 dB(A)

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

885B AWD models Tier 3 motor – FPT 6.7 Type Number of rolls Volumetric displacement Bore and stroke Fuel pump Idle RPM Maximum RPM without load Governed RPM Compression ratio Flywheel housing Gross power ( SAE J1995) Lower curve Upper curve Net power ( SAE J1349) Lower curve Upper curve Gross torque ( SAE J1995) Lower curve Upper curve Net torque ( SAE J1349) Lower curve Upper curve Weight Firing Order Water pump flow rate Maximum rejection to coolant Oil Pressure Idle Maximum no load

“Common Rail” electronic injection system, water cooled, 4 stroke, direct injection, turbocharged, air aftercooled, open combustion chamber 6 6.7 l (409 in³) 104 mm (4.09 in)x 132 mm (5.20 in) Bosch 800 – 900 RPM 2370 – 2470 RPM 2200 RPM 16.5 : 1 SAE 3 (dry) 164 kW (223 Hp)@ 2200 RPM *1 175 kW (238 Hp)@ 2200 RPM *3 153 kW (208 Hp)@ 2200 RPM *1 163 kW (222 Hp)@ 2200 RPM *3 924 N·m (682 lb ft)@ 1500 RPM *1 984 N·m (726 lb ft)@ 1500 RPM *3 864 N·m (637 lb ft)@ 1500 RPM *1 924 N·m (682 lb ft)@ 1500 RPM *3 550 kg (1213 lb) 1-5-3-6-2-4 197 L/min (52 US gpm)@ 2200 RPM 4641 BTU/min (81,6 kW) @ 2200 RPM 69 kPa (10 psi) 380 kPa (55 psi)

NOTE: For models with Direct Drive transmission: *1 1st, 2nd and 3rd forward gears and 1st and 2nd reverse gears. *2 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th and 8th forward gears and 4th reverse gear.

Noise emission External sound power SAE 1372 (Jul88) (ISO 6393) [LwA] Machine stopped, engine at nominal speed Sound power in the operator’s compartment SAE J919 (Jun86) [LpA] Machine stopped, engine at nominal speed

105,0 dB(A)

NOTE: Nominal engine speed 2200 RPM and maximum speed without load 2275 – 2400 RPM.

8-10

77,0 dB(A)

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Transmission specifications – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission and AWD) “POWER SHIFT” type with 8 (eight) forward gears and 4 (four) reverse gears. Modulator valve (for both forward and reverse) and clutch disengage. Gear selection via electronic control.

865B AWD models Forward Gear 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th

Ratio 6.54 4.68 3.31 2.37 1.66 1.19 0.84 0.603

Maximum speeds in the gears Reverse Speed Gear 4.3 km/h (2.7 mph) 1st 6.0 km/h (3.7 mph) 2nd 8.4 km/h (5.2 mph) 3rd 11.8 km/h (7.3 mph) 4th – 16.7 km/h (10.4 mph) – 23.1 km/h (14.4 mph) – 32.5 km/h (20.2 mph) – 44.8 km/h (27.8 mph)

Ratio

Speed

6.54 3.31 1.66 0.84 – – – –

4.3 km/h (2.7 mph) 8.4 km/h (5.2 mph) 16.7 km/h (10.4 mph) 32.5 km/h (20.2 mph) – – – –

Ratio

Speed

6.01 3.07 1.051 0.777 – – – –

4.3 km/h (2.7 mph) 8.4 km/h (5.2 mph) 16.9 km/h (10.5 mph) 32.4 km/h (20.1 mph) – – – –

885B AWD models Forward Gear 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th

Ratio 6.01 4.28 3.07 2.19 1.51 1.08 0.777 0.552

Maximum speeds in the gears Reverse Speed Gear 4.3 km/h (2.7 mph) 1st 6.0 km/h (3.7 mph) 2nd 8.4 km/h (5.2 mph) 3rd 11.7 km/h (7.3 mph) 4th – 16.9 km/h (10.5 mph) – 23.4 km/h (14.5 mph) – 32.4 km/h (20.1 mph) – 44.7 km/h (27.8 mph)

8-11

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Hydraulic specifications Fully hydraulic control, supplied by variable flow pump with pressure and flow compensation, "load sensing" type.

Closed center circuits. Blade lifting cylinders mounted on the saddle. Saddle locking system through a hydraulic cylinder with control by solenoid valve activated by switch located on the side panel. Relief and retaining valves for all commands.

Maximum flow rate Implements Steering / Brake Cooling fan

186 l/min (49.1 US gpm) 41.8 l/min (11.0 US gpm) 55.0 l/min (14.5 US gpm)

Maximum pressure Implements Steering / Brake Cooling fan

193 Kg/cm² (2745 psi) 151 bar (2190 psi) 260 bar (3770 psi)

8-12

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Overall dimensions 865B AWD models (1 of 2)

COIL14GRD0081FA

A. Tread 9 x 24 rim (one part) 10 x 24 rim (three parts) 13 x 25 rim (one part) 14 x 25 rim (three parts) B. Total width to end of tires C. Blade width Option Standard Option D. Total height of the ROPS High profile cab Low profile cab

1

2106 mm (82.9 in) 2156 mm (84.9 in) 2168 mm (85.4 in) 2168 mm (85.4 in) 2452 mm (96.5 in) 3658 mm (144.0 in) 3962 mm (156.0 in) 4267 mm (168.0 in) 3340 mm (131.5 in) 3140 mm (123.6 in)

8-13

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

865B AWD models (2 of 2)

COIL14GRD0082FA

E. F. G. H. l.

J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. * * *

2

Tandem center to machine rear Total chassis length Total machine length Rear axle to center of rear wheels Between Tandem centers Center pivot to rear axle Rear axle to blade Static tire radius Lifting cylinders height Exhaust pipes maximum height Wheelbase Distance from the center of the rear wheels to the ripper Distance from the center of the front wheels to the ripper Distance from the center of the front wheels to the front blade Outside turning radius Free clearance (rear axle) Free clearance (front axle)

8-14

1650 mm (65 in) 7856 mm (309.3 in) 8534 mm (336 in) 785.9 mm (30.9 in) 1571.8 mm (61.9 in) 1958 mm (77.1 in) 2562 mm (100.9 in) 610 mm (24 in) 3047 mm (120 in) 3323 mm (130.8 in) 6219 mm (244.8 in) 2028 mm (79.8 in) 1520 mm (59.8 in) 1626 mm (64 in) 7250 mm (285.4 in) 380 mm (15 in) 622 mm (24.5 in)

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

865B AWD models (1 of 2)

COIL14GRD0081FA

A. Tread 13 x 25 rim (one part) 14 x 25 rim (three parts) B. Total width to end of tires C. Blade width Option Option Standard D. Total height of the ROPS High profile cab Low profile cab

3

2174 mm (85.6 in) 2174 mm (85.6 in) 2654 mm (104.5 in) 3658 mm (144 in) 3962 mm (156 in) 4267 mm (168 in) 3340 mm (131.5 in) 3140 mm (123.6 in)

8-15

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

865B AWD models (2 of 2)

COIL14GRD0082FA

E. F. G. H. l.

J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. * * *

4

Tandem center to machine rear Total chassis length Total machine length Rear axle to center of rear wheels Between Tandem centers Center pivot to rear axle Rear axle to blade Static tire radius Lifting cylinders height Exhaust pipes maximum height Wheelbase Distance from the center of the rear wheels to the ripper Distance from the center of the front wheels to the ripper Distance from the center of the front wheels to the front blade Outside turning radius Free clearance (rear axle) Free clearance (front axle)

8-16

1661 mm (65.4 in) 7856 mm (309.3 in) 7856 mm (309.3 in) 812.1 mm (32.0 in) 1624.2 mm (63.9 in) 1958 mm (77.1 in) 2562 mm (100.9 in) 610 mm (24.0 in) 3047 mm (120.0 in) 3323 mm (130.8 in) 6219 mm (244.8 in) 2040 mm (80.3 in) 1520 mm (59.8 in) 1645 mm (64.8 in) 7289 mm (287.0 in) 359 mm (14.1 in) 622 mm (24.5 in)

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Operating weights – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission and AWD) 865B AWD models Basic machine with standard equipment and cab (*) Operating weight Front axle weight Rear axle weight Blade pressure

14988 kg (33043 lb) 3774 kg (8320 lb) 11214 kg (24723 lb) 8341 kg (18389 lb)

100% 25% 75% –

15558 kg (34300 lb) 4344 kg (9577 lb) 11214 kg (24723 lb) 8865 kg (19544 lb)

100% 28% 72% –

16338 kg (36019 lb) 4274 kg (9423 lb) 12064 kg (26597 lb) 9081 kg (20020 lb)

100% 26% 74% –

17003 kg (37485 lb) 4939 kg (10889 lb) 12064 kg (26597 lb) 9355 kg (20624 lb)

100% 29% 71% –

850 kg (1874 lb) 600 kg (1323 lb) 492 kg (1085 lb)

– – –

Same machine described above (*) with ripper Operating weight Front axle weight Rear axle weight Blade pressure Same machine described above (*) with ripper and follower plate Operating weight Front axle weight Rear axle weight Blade pressure Same machine described above (*) with ripper and dozer blade Operating weight Front axle weight Rear axle weight Blade pressure Weight of the components Cab ROPS Front counterbalance

8-17

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

885B AWD models Basic machine with standard equipment and cab (*) Operating weight Front axle weight Rear axle weight Blade pressure

17210 kg (37942 lb) 4935 kg (10880 lb) 12275 kg (27062 lb) 8362 kg (18435 lb)

100% 29% 71% –

17900 kg (39463 lb) 5729 kg (12630 lb) 12171 kg (26832 lb) 9743 kg (21480 lb)

100% 32% 68% –

18590 kg (40984 lb) 5047 kg (11127 lb) 13543 kg (29857 lb) 8583 kg (18922 lb)

100% 27% 73% –

19265 kg (42472 lb) 5531 kg (12194 lb) 13734 kg (30278 lb) 9406 kg (20737 lb)

100% 29% 71% –

850 kg (1874 lb) 600 kg (1323 lb) 492 kg (1085 lb)

– – –

Same machine described above (*) with ripper Operating weight Front axle weight Rear axle weight Blade pressure Same machine described above (*) with ripper and follower plate Operating weight Front axle weight Rear axle weight Blade pressure Same machine described above (*) with ripper and dozer blade Operating weight Front axle weight Rear axle weight Blade pressure Weight of the components Cab ROPS Front counterbalance

8-18

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Standard torque data Non-flanged metric fasteners

Nominal size

M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Bolt 8.8 Class and nut class 8 Zinc- and chromeUnplated plated 2.2 N·m 2.9 N·m (19 lb in) (26 lb in) 4.5 N·m 5.9 N·m (40 lb in) (52 lb in) 7.5 N·m 10 N·m (66 lb in) (89 lb in) 18 N·m 25 N·m (163 lb in) (217 lb in) 37 N·m 49 N·m (27 lb ft) (36 lb ft) 64 N·m 85 N·m (47 lb ft) (63 lb ft) 158 N·m 210 N·m (116 lb ft) (155 lb ft) 319 N·m 425 N·m (235 lb ft) (313 lb ft) 551 N·m 735 N·m (410 lb ft) (500 lb ft)

Bolt 10.9 Class and nut class 10 Zinc- and Unplated chromeplated 3.2 N·m 4.2 N·m (28 lb in) (37 lb in) 6.4 N·m 8.5 N·m (57 lb in) (75 lb in) 11 N·m 15 N·m (96 lb in) (128 lb in) 26 N·m 35 N·m (234 lb in) (311 lb in) 52 N·m 70 N·m (38 lb ft) (51 lb ft) 91 N·m 121 N·m (67 lb ft) (90 lb ft) 225 N·m 301 N·m (166 lb ft) (222 lb ft) 440 N·m 587 N·m (325 lb ft) (433 lb ft) 762 N·m 1016 N·m (560 lb ft) (750 lb ft)

Jam nut CL 0.8 with bolt CL 8.8

Jam nut CL 0.10 with bolt CL 10.9

2 N·m (18 lb in) 4 N·m (36 lb in) 6.8 N·m (60 lb in) 17 N·m (151 lb in) 33 N·m (25 lb ft) 58 N·m (43 lb ft) 143 N·m (106 lb ft) 290 N·m (214 lb ft) 501 N·m (370 lb ft)

2.9 N·m (26 lb in) 5.8 N·m (51 lb in) 10 N·m (89 lb in) 24 N·m (212 lb in) 48 N·m (35 lb ft) 83 N·m (61 lb ft) 205 N·m (151 lb ft) 400 N·m (295 lb ft) 693 N·m (510 lb ft)

NOTE: The torque specifications in English units for M4 to M8 fastening elements are shown in pounds-inches. The torque specifications in English units for M10 to M24 fastening elements are shown in pounds-feet.

8-19

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Flanged metric fasteners

Nominal size

M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Bolt 8.8 Class and nut class 8 Zinc- and Unplated chromeplated 2.4 N·m 3.2 N·m (21 lb in) (28 lb in) 4.9 N·m 6.5 N·m (43 lb in) (58 lb in) 8.3 N·m 11 N·m (73 lb in) (96 lb in) 20 N·m 27 N·m (179 lb in) (240 lb in) 40 N·m 54 N·m (30 lb ft) (40 lb ft) 70 N·m 93 N·m (52 lb ft) (69 lb ft) 174 N·m 231 N·m (128 lb ft) (171 lb ft) 350 N·m 467 N·m (259 lb ft) (345 lb ft) 607 N·m 809 N·m (447 lb ft) (597 lb ft)

Bolt 10.9 Class and nut class 10 Zinc- and Unplated chromeplated 3.5 N·m 4.6 N·m (31 lb in) (41 lb in) 7.0 N·m 9.4 N·m (62 lb in) (83 lb in) 12 N·m 16 N·m (105 lb in) (141 lb in) 29 N·m 39 N·m (257 lb in) (343 lb in) 57 N·m 77 N·m (42 lb ft) (56 lb ft) 100 N·m 134 N·m (74 lb ft) (98 lb ft) 248 N·m 331 N·m (183 lb ft) (244 lb ft) 484 N·m 645 N·m (357 lb ft) (476 lb ft) 838 N·m 1118 N·m (618 lb ft) (824 lb ft)

Jam nut CL 0.8 with bolt CL 8.8

Jam nut CL 0.10 with bolt CL 10.9

2.2 N·m (19 lb in) 4.4 N·m (39 lb in) 7.5 N·m (66 lb in) 18 N·m (163 lb in) 37 N·m (27 lb ft) 63 N·m (47 lb ft) 158 N·m (116 lb ft) 318 N·m (235 lb ft) 552 N·m (407 lb ft)

3.1 N·m (27 lb in) 6.4 N·m (57 lb in) 11 N·m (96 lb in) 27 N·m (240 lb in) 53 N·m (39 lb ft) 91 N·m (67 lb ft) 226 N·m (167 lb ft) 440 N·m (325 lb ft)

Metric hexagonal bolts, classes 5.6 and higher (1) Manufacturer's Identification (2) Property Class

COIL14DOZ0004AA

1

COIL14DOZ0005AA

2

Metric hexagonal nuts and jam nuts, classes 05 and up (1) Manufacturer's Identification (2) Property Class (3) Clock marking of property class and manufacturer’s identification (optional), i.e. marks 60° apart indicate Class 10 properties and marks 120° apart indicate Class 8.

8-20

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Non-flanged fasteners in inches

Nominal size

1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1

Bolt and nut class SAE 5 Gold-, ZincUnplated or and Chromesilver-plated plated 8 N·m 11 N·m (71 lb in) (97 lb in) 17 N·m 23 N·m (150 lb in) (204 lb in) 30 N·m 40 N·m (22 lb ft) (30 lb ft) 48 N·m 65 N·m (36 lb ft) (48 lb ft) 74 N·m 98 N·m (54 lb ft) (73 lb ft) 107 N·m 142 N·m (79 lb ft) (105 lb ft) 147 N·m 196 N·m (108 lb ft) (145 lb ft) 261 N·m 348 N·m (193 lb ft) (257 lb ft) 420 N·m 561 N·m (310 lb ft) (413 lb ft) 630 N·m 841 N·m (465 lb ft) (620 lb ft)

Bolt and nut class SAE 8 Gold-, ZincUnplated or and Chromesilver-plated plated 12 N·m 16 N·m (106 lb in) (142 lb in) 24 N·m 32 N·m (212 lb in) (283 lb in) 43 N·m 57 N·m (31 lb ft) (42 lb ft) 68 N·m 91 N·m (50 lb ft) (67 lb ft) 104 N·m 139 N·m (77 lb ft) (103 lb ft) 150 N·m 201 N·m (111 lb ft) (148 lb ft) 208 N·m 277 N·m (153 lb ft) (204 lb ft) 369 N·m 491 N·m (272 lb ft) (362 lb ft) 594 N·m 791 N·m (438 lb ft) (584 lb ft) 890 N·m 1187 N·m (656 lb ft) (875 lb ft)

Bolts in inches and self-locking nuts (Class SAE)

20083682

(1) Class 2 bolt - No Marks (2) Class 5 bolt - Three marks (3) Class 8 bolt - Five marks (4) Class 2 nut - No Marks (5) Class 5 Nut - Marks 120° apart (6) Class 8 Nut - Marks 60° apart

8-21

3

Jam nut GrB with bolt Gr5

Jam nut GrC with bolt Gr8

8.5 N·m (75 lb in) 17.5 N·m (155 lb in) 31 N·m (23 lb ft) 50 N·m (37 lb ft) 76 N·m (56 lb ft) 111 N·m (82 lb ft) 153 N·m (113 lb ft) 271 N·m (200 lb ft) 437 N·m (323 lb ft) 654 N·m (483 lb ft)

12.2 N·m (109 lb in) 25 N·m (220 lb in) 44 N·m (33 lb ft) 71 N·m (53 lb ft) 108 N·m (80 lb ft) 156 N·m (115 lb ft) 215 N·m (159 lb ft) 383 N·m (282 lb ft) 617 N·m (455 lb ft) 924 N·m (681 lb ft)

8 - SPECIFICATIONS

Self-locking nuts in inches, all-metal (three optional methods) Grade A (1) Corner marking method: No notches (2) Flats marking method: No marks (3) Clock marking method: No marks Grade B (1) Corner marking method: One circumferential notch (2) Flats marking method: Letter B (3) Clock marking method: Three marks Grade C (1) Corner marking method: Two circumferential notches (2) Flats marking method: Letter C (3) Clock marking method: Six marks

8-22

20090268

4

Index ###_Index_###

Access doors . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Air conditioner (Charging refrigerant) . . .

Air conditioning compressor belt (Checking) Air intake lines (Verification of the hoses) .

All wheel drive final oil (Changing) . . . .

Alternator drive belt (Checking) . . . . .

Alternator drive belt (Replacement) . . . .

Auxiliary battery connections . . . . . . .

Auxiliary electrical outlet of 24V . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . 7-11 . . 3-31 . . 7-95 . . 7-43 . . 7-57 . . 7-83 . . 7-44 . . 7-29 4-10, 4-11 . . . 3-30

Basic operating safety rules .

Batteries (Safe operation) . .

Before starting the engine . .

Bracket – (Tandem lock) . .

Break-in period . . . . . . .

Break-in period (Check) . . .

Break-in period (Replacement)

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . .

. . 2-14 . 7-104 . . 4-2 . . 6-20 . . 4-14 7-20, 7-21 . . . 7-22

C Cab (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cab air filter (Cleaning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cab Internal Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Circle – (Check and adjust) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consumables - Biodiesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Control levers – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) Control levers of implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Controls front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

D Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Differential lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dome light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Drawbar (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Drive (“Come-Home” emergency operation mode) (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) Drive pedal – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dynamic description – (Operator’s seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. 7-14 . 4-13 . 3-32 7-102 . 6-3 . 3-15 . 3-4

E Ecology and the environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine air filter (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine air filter (Restriction sensor) (Check) . . . . . . . . . .

Engine coolant – (Change) (For models from series NGAF05815) Engine coolant – (Change) (For models up to series NGAF05814) Engine coolant (Checking the level) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine oil (Checking the level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine oil and filter (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine specifications – (Models equipped with “AWD”) . . . . .

Engine valve (Checking clearance and adjustment) . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

7-100 7-42 3-36 7-76 1-16 3-29 3-9 3-11

1-15 7-23 7-40 7-93 7-85 7-32 7-10 7-13 7-31 7-54 8-9 7-81

F Fire and explosion prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Fire extinguisher (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-101

Front console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front wheel drive (Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel filter –/Water separator filter (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel filter (Draining condensation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel reservoir (Draining) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuses (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuses and relay box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuses and relays – (Models with Direct Drive transmission) (Checking)

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

3-14 4-6 7-51 7-36 7-53 7-111 . 3-17 . 3-24 7-107

G Gearbox oil – (Circle turn oil) (Change) . . . . . . . . .

Gearbox oil – (Circle turn oil) (Level check) . . . . . . .

General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General safety and precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Grease points (Models with AWD front-wheel drive system)

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

7-82 7-46 6-15 2-28 8-3 7-48

H Hand signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic diagnostic panel (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic filter (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic filter – (“AWD” front-wheel drive system) (Replacement) Hydraulic fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic fluid (Changing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic fluid (Checking the level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic suction filter (Cleaning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. 2-62 7-103 . 7-58 . 7-75 . 7-16 . 7-91 . 7-35 . 8-12 . 7-60

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. 1-7 . 1-11 . 3-38 . 1-18 . 4-1

I Identification Identification of the sides of the machine Identification plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

International symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

K Keypad – LCD monitor control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 Key start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 L LCD Display – (General description) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (Menu screens) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (Options Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (Preferences menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (Selection screens) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (Service screens) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LCD Display – (Trip screens) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lubrication, Filters and Fluids – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) Lubrication analysis program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lubrication points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Machine access . . . . . . . . . . .

Machine Components . . . . . . . . .

Machine operation – (Articulation system) Machine operation – (General description) Machine operation – (Ripping) . . . . .

Machine operation – (Slope cutting) . .

Machine operation – (Typical operations) Maintenance and adjustments . . . . .

Maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

3-48 3-50 3-59 3-57 3-54 3-55 3-52 8-1 7-8 7-37

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. 3-1 . 1-8 . 6-9 . 6-4 . 6-8 . 6-6 . 6-10 . 7-1 . 7-17

N Note to the Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

O Operating precautions (Machine operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating precautions (Starting the machine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating precautions (Stopping the machine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating weights – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission and AWD) Operation in various climates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operator's manual storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operator’s seat (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operator’s seat – (Optional with air suspension) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operator’s seat – (Standard with manual adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . .

Overall dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

1-1 2-10 2-8 2-30 8-17 4-15 1-6 7-73 3-7 3-6 8-13

P Parking brake – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Parking brake – (Models with Direct Drive transmission) (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98 Parking the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 R Radiator - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Radio – (Electrical system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Read the operator's manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear axle oil (Changing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear axle oil (Checking the level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Right console – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) Roll Over Protection Structure (ROPS) (Check) . . . . . . . .

Roll - over protective structure (ROPS) . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. 7-26 7-112 . 1-4 . 7-87 . 7-66 . 3-34 . 3-23 . 7-68 . 2-31

. . . . . . . .

S Safety Decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety rules (Personnel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety rules (Signal word definitions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Safty Precautions – (Additional care with weld works) (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) Safty Precautions (Utility lines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Safty Precautions (Weld works) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Safty Precautions – Fuel handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoulder belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shoulder belt (Checking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Standard torque data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Storing the machine (Preparing for storage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Storing the machine (Re-using the machine after storage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sun visor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Switches and controls – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission and AWD) . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. 2-35 . 2-1 . 2-3 . 2-2 . 2-23 . 2-29 . 2-21 . 2-25 3-5, 4-5 . 7-71 . 8-19 . 4-9 . 3-13 . 4-12 7-113 7-114 . 3-19 . 3-25

T Tandem drive case oil (Changing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tandem drive case oil (Checking the level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tandem drive case oil – (Collection for analysis of contamination) . . . . . . . . .

Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tires (Checking the condition and pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tires pressure - Check - Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Towing the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tranmission filter – (Models with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Replacement) . . . . .

Transmission calibration – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) . . . . .

Transmission fluid – (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Change) . .

Transmission fluid – (Models equipped with “Direct Drive” transmission) (Level check) Transmission operation – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission) . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

7-89 7-63 7-65 6-16 7-47 6-18 5-1 7-62 3-20 7-79 7-34 6-1

Transmission specifications – (Models equipped with Direct Drive transmission and AWD) . . . . . . . . .

Transport and maintenance service pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Warning indicators (Check) . . . . .

Wheel nuts torque . . . . . . . . .

Wheels and tires – (Safety precautions) Windshield washer . . . . . . . . .

Windshield washer resevoir . . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

W . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

8-11 7-9 7-19 6-19 2-33 3-33 7-28

Av. General David Sarnoff, 2237 - Inconfidentes, Contagem (MG) - Brasil, CEP:32210-900

SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools

PRINTED IN BRAZIL © 2018 CNH Industrial Latin America LTDA All rights reserved.

No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.

CNH Industrial Latin America LTDA reserves the right to make improvements in design and changes in specifications at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation to install them on units previously sold. Specifications, descriptions, and illustrative material herein are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice.

Availability of some models and equipment builds varies according to the country in which the equipment is being used. For exact information about any particular product, please consult your CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

CASE CONSTRUCTION is a trademark registered in the United States and many other countries, owned or licensed to CNH Industrial N.V., its subsidiaries or affiliates.

Any trademarks referred to herein, in association with goods and/or services of companies, other than owned by or licensed to CNH Industrial N.V., its subsidiaries or affiliates, are the property of those respective companies.

48174276 January 2018 EN